<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" >

<channel>
	<title>Tiandy NVR &#8211; XVRAID XVR-DVR-NVR CCTV DESK</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.xvraid.com/tag/tiandy-nvr/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.xvraid.com</link>
	<description>security and surveillance blog</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sat, 24 Jun 2023 11:46:24 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=7.1</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/ipcam.png</url>
	<title>Tiandy NVR &#8211; XVRAID XVR-DVR-NVR CCTV DESK</title>
	<link>https://www.xvraid.com</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<item>
		<title>TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/trendnet-poe-nvr-installation-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/trendnet-poe-nvr-installation-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 24 Jun 2023 11:46:24 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Input]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[APP Store]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[audio record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Client Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Play]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDD]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to use]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iphone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[POE NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[previous password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[RTSP port]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Search Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smartphone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tiandy NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TRENDnet]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[USB flash drive]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video recorders]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=1716</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide, The TV-NVR1508 NVR is network video recorders that offer a standalone solution for managing IP cameras and...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide, The TV-NVR1508 NVR is network video recorders that offer a standalone solution for managing IP cameras and systems. The built-in high-quality decoder can deliver 4K/ 5MP/ 3MP/ 1080p/ 720p/ D1/ VGA/ CIF IP camera streams. Each channel can be individually configured to record in SD or HD resolution to suit your needs.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark0"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark1"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark2"></a> Introduction</p>
<p>The TV-NVR1508 NVR is network video recorders that offer a standalone solution for managing IP cameras and systems. The built-in high-quality decoder can deliver 4K/ 5MP/ 3MP/ 1080p/ 720p/ D1/ VGA/ CIF IP camera streams. Each channel can be individually configured to record in SD or HD resolution to suit your needs.</p>
<p>The internal HDMI and VGA engine supports adaptive motion refinement technology, which provides HDMI output with maximum resolution of 4K and VGA output with 1080p resolution. The NVR can be easily installed in all environments through the TCP/IP network, and the support of Camera Search Tool and Web Services Dynamic Discovery (WS-Discovery) protocol allows for locating all the cameras on the network and can generate a preview thumbnail of each channel. The self-diagnostic feature can estimate remaining recording time and monitor</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark3"></a> S.M.A.R.T status, network status, and other information.</p>
<p>Files recorded by the NVR can be exported to USB flash drive, or the files can be downloaded via Backup Manager, Remote Player, FTP client software, or Network Places. Mobile support for iOS, and Android allows for remote viewing of connected cameras at high frame rates. Browser-based live monitoring and video playback features are also supported.</p>
<p>The NVR also supports external METADATA device, such as POS, ATM, GPS, etc. METADATA can be embedded within videos and saved as a database where you can search for METADATA history according to content, date, and time.</p>
<h2>TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide</h2>
<p>Release Links</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/trendnet-cloud-recording-remote-monitoring-and-playback.html">TRENDnet Cloud Recording, Remote Monitoring and Playback</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/tiandy-nvr-full-installation-guide.html">Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/2m-dvrs-installation-guide.html">2M DVRs installation guide</a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark4"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark5"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark6"></a> Features</p>
<p>• <a href="https://www.trendnet.com/support/support-detail.asp?prod=150_TV-NVR1508" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">Standalone NVR</a></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark7"></a> Supports up to 4K UHD, and 1080p 120 FPS IP cameras</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark8"></a> Each channel up to 12 Mbps incoming network throughput</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark9"></a> 4K HDMI and 1080P VGA output</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark10"></a> Compatible with iOS and Android devices</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark11"></a> Metadata can be embedded into videos</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark12"></a> Supports Setup Wizard</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark13"></a> HTML5 streaming multiple browser supported</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark14"></a> P2P easy remote access supported</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark15"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark16"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark17"></a> Trademarks and registered trademarks</p>
<p>Microsoft, Windows, Internet Explorer are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S and/or other countries.</p>
<p>Adobe and Adobe PDF are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the U.S and/or other countries.</p>
<p>JavaScript and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S and/or other countries.</p>
<p>Linux, Macintosh, and Mozilla are registered trademarks of the respective holders.</p>
<p>Other names of companies and their products mentioned in this manual may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark18"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark19"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark20"></a><strong>Chapter 1 Stream</strong></p>
<p>You will see the following screen through HDMI or VGA connection once you power on the NVR:</p>
<p><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="631" height="398" class="wp-image-1717" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-1.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 1" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 47" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-1.jpeg 631w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-1-300x189.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 631px) 100vw, 631px" /></p>
<p>The information shown on the top of the screen is described as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark21"></a> Division/Sequential Name: Click to select a camera division to display.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark22"></a> System Date/Time</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark23"></a> HDD: The top shows the current number of hard drives being used for recording. And on the bottom shows the storage capacity used.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark24"></a> Network Status (Mbps): The top side Rx is received throughput in Mbps and the bottom side Tx is transmission throughput in Mbps. Circle color represents:</li>
</ul>
<p>Green: Giga Orange: 100Mbps Red: Error Status</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This information is available depending on models.</p>
<p>Move mouse cursor slightly to display the NVR controls (as shown in the image below):</p>
<p><img decoding="async" width="634" height="435" class="wp-image-1718" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-2.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 2" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 48" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-2.jpeg 634w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-2-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-2-145x100.jpeg 145w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-2-380x260.jpeg 380w" sizes="(max-width: 634px) 100vw, 634px" /></p>
<p>Below controls can be seen at the bottom of the screen:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Icons</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Controls for the number of split-screens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click to activate the sequential mode, which will show videos channels in the order you specify.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[ğ]g]</td>
<td>Indicates whether the current split-screen controls are for HDMI or VGA.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Available only when VGA Spot mode is on</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click to turn on/off the audio.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click to broadcast your message through a microphone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Click to activate a specific DO output. (not supported)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This information is available depending on models.</p>
<p>Below are NVR controls that are at the upper-left corner of the screen:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Icons</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>NVR Settings</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>on</td>
<td>Freeze</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>F</strong></td>
<td>Alarm Event</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td>Playback / Backup</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fl</td>
<td>Schedule/Manual: Indicates whether the current recording setting is</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>scheduled recording or manual recording. Click to switch.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark25"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark26"></a> Chapter 1-1 Live</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark27"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark28"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark29"></a> Live video will display on this page.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" width="746" height="383" class="wp-image-1719" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-3.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 3" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 49" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-3.jpeg 746w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-3-300x154.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 746px) 100vw, 746px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark32"></a> Chapter1-2 Play / Backup</p>
<p>Click calendar icon to enter the PLAYBACK page as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="474" class="wp-image-1720" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-4.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 4" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 50" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-4.jpeg 384w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-4-243x300.jpeg 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="117" class="wp-image-1721" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-5.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 5" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 51"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="34" class="wp-image-1722" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-6.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 6" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 52"></p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark33"></a> 1.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark34"></a> 2.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark35"></a> 3.</p>
<p>Recorded Period: Recorded data duration</p>
<p>Month Picker: Select the month by clicking on the left/right arrow</p>
<p>Date Picker: Select a date by clicking on it</p>
<p>No recording</p>
<p>The date has recorded data</p>
<p>Current date</p>
<p>Selected data</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark36"></a> Time Picker: Select hours/minutes/seconds by clicking on up/down arrow</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark37"></a> Play Time: selected date/time for playback</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark38"></a> Playback: Click to play the selected video recording</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark39"></a> Cancel: Click to go back to playback page</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark41"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark42"></a> Chapter 1-2-1 Playback</p>
<p>Please select a date and time from the calendar and time picker respectively, to start playing desired recorded video or alarm video to enter the Playback as following screen:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="626" height="401" class="wp-image-1723" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-7.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 7" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 53" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-7.jpeg 626w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-7-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 626px) 100vw, 626px" /></p>
<p>Details of the controls at the bottom of the <strong>PLAYBACK </strong>screen are described as follows:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Icons</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SI</td>
<td>Slow Rewind</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>El</td>
<td>Rewind: click repeatedly to adjust the speed of respective actions (up</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>to 64x)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Stop</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[0</td>
<td>Pause</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■</td>
<td>Play</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Fast Forward: click repeatedly to adjust the speed of respective actions</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>(up to 64x)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■</td>
<td>Slow Forward</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Choose the number of split-screens according to your needs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Indicates whether the current split-screen controls are for HDMI(1) or</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>VGA(2)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■</td>
<td>Audio on/off</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Q</td>
<td>Click to export the recorded video to a USB device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Calendar: Click to enter playback page</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>s</td>
<td>Return: Click to return to previous page</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This information is available depending on models.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark43"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark44"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark45"></a> Chapter 1-2-2 Backup</p>
<p>If you need to back up recorded files, click the E] backup icon to enter the BACKUP page as shown below and select the backup range, channel number and the file format as desired.</p>
<p><strong>Record Period 2019/12/15 01:00:00-2019/12/25 20:43:11 <sup>1 2</sup> Not Installed:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>◄ 3</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>December, 2019</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>►</strong></td>
<td><strong>&lt;</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>December, 2019</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>►</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>SUN MON</strong></td>
<td><strong>TUE</strong></td>
<td><strong>WED</strong></td>
<td><strong>THU</strong></td>
<td><strong>FRI</strong></td>
<td><strong>SAT</strong></td>
<td><strong>SUN</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>MON TUE</strong></td>
<td><strong>WED</strong></td>
<td><strong>THU</strong></td>
<td><strong>FRI</strong></td>
<td><strong>SAT</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>1 2</strong></td>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8 9</strong></td>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td><strong>12</strong></td>
<td><strong>13</strong></td>
<td><strong>14</strong></td>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td><strong>12</strong></td>
<td><strong>13</strong></td>
<td><strong>14</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>15 16</strong></td>
<td><strong>17</strong></td>
<td><strong>18</strong></td>
<td><strong>19</strong></td>
<td><strong>20</strong></td>
<td><strong>21</strong></td>
<td><strong>15</strong></td>
<td><strong>16</strong></td>
<td><strong>17</strong></td>
<td><strong>18</strong></td>
<td><strong>19</strong></td>
<td><strong>20</strong></td>
<td><strong>21</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>22 23</strong></td>
<td><strong>24</strong></td>
<td>Q</td>
<td><strong>26</strong></td>
<td><strong>27</strong></td>
<td><strong>28</strong></td>
<td><strong>22</strong></td>
<td><strong>23</strong></td>
<td><strong>24</strong></td>
<td><strong>ra</strong></td>
<td><strong>26</strong></td>
<td><strong>27</strong></td>
<td><strong>28</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>29 30</strong></td>
<td><strong>31</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td><strong>29</strong></td>
<td><strong>30</strong></td>
<td><strong>31</strong></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5 6</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>20</strong></td>
<td><strong>▲</strong></td>
<td><strong>o <sup>A</sup></strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>0</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>20</strong></td>
<td><strong>▲</strong></td>
<td><strong>43 <sup>A</sup></strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>0 —</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>▼</strong></td>
<td><strong>▼</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>▼</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>▼</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>▼</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Hours</strong></td>
<td><strong>Minutes</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Seconds</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Hours</strong></td>
<td><strong>Minutes</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Seconds</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="6"><strong>Backup Period 2019/12/25 20:00:00</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>2019/12/25 20:43:00</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>B<sup>01</sup></strong></td>
<td><strong>■ 02</strong></td>
<td><strong>B 03</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>B 04</strong></td>
<td><strong>B 05</strong></td>
<td><strong>B 06</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B<sup>07</sup></strong></td>
<td><strong>B 08</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>A</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>B°9</strong></td>
<td><strong>B <sup>10</sup></strong></td>
<td><strong>B <sup>11</sup></strong></td>
<td><strong>■</strong></td>
<td><strong>.12</strong></td>
<td><strong>B <sup><sup><a id="post-1716-footnote-ref-2" href="#post-1716-footnote-2">[1]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1716-footnote-ref-3" href="#post-1716-footnote-3">[2]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1716-footnote-ref-4" href="#post-1716-footnote-4">[3]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1716-footnote-ref-5" href="#post-1716-footnote-5">[4]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1716-footnote-ref-6" href="#post-1716-footnote-6">[5]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1716-footnote-ref-7" href="#post-1716-footnote-7">[6]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1716-footnote-ref-8" href="#post-1716-footnote-8">[7]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1716-footnote-ref-9" href="#post-1716-footnote-9">[8]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1716-footnote-ref-10" href="#post-1716-footnote-10">[9]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-1716-footnote-ref-11" href="#post-1716-footnote-11">[10]</a></sup> i</sup></strong></td>
<td><strong>B <sup>14</sup></strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>B <sup>1</sup> *&gt;</strong></td>
<td><strong>B <sup>16</sup></strong></td>
<td><strong>■-</strong></td>
<td><strong>Al 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>V</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong><sup>7</sup> HD AVI &amp; Estimate File Size</strong></p>
<p><strong>File Fur mot </strong></p>
<p><sup>9</sup> Backup 10</p>
<p><strong>Cancel</strong></p>
<p>Click to enter <strong>NVR SETTINGS </strong>and click <strong>General </strong>on the top panel, where you are allowed to adjust system configurations of the NVR. The details of the tabs are described as follows:</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark46"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark47"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark48"></a> Chapter 2-1 General</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="593" height="333" class="wp-image-1724" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-8.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 8" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 54" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-8.jpeg 593w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-8-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 593px) 100vw, 593px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark49"></a> Device ID: Assign an ID for the NVR to be controlled by the remote controller.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark50"></a> Audio Out Volume: Adjust the volume of the NVR.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark51"></a> Sound On Button Press: Switch on/off the sound when pressing remote control buttons.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark52"></a> Last Boot Time: Shows the last time the system is rebooted.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark53"></a> Automatic Logout: Log out automatically after 30 minutes of inactivity.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark54"></a> Automatic Login: Specify user account to log on automatically when the system power on.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark55"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark56"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark57"></a> Chapter 2-2 Time</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="521" height="342" class="wp-image-1725" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-9.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 9" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 55" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-9.jpeg 521w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-9-300x197.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 521px) 100vw, 521px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark58"></a> Date/Time: Set the date/time of the NVR.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark59"></a> Date Format: Modify the date display format.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark60"></a> Time OSD: Switch on/off the time to be displayed on the screen.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark61"></a> Time Zone: Change the time zone of the location where the NVR is installed.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark62"></a> Time Sync Mode: Choose how you would like the time to be synced.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark63"></a> NTP Server: Enter the NTP server you want to use.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark64"></a> Time Sync Interval: Choose the interval for the time to be synced.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark65"></a> NTP Status: The status of connection to selected NTP server will appear here.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark66"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark68"></a> Chapter 2-3 User</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="515" height="414" class="wp-image-1726" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-10.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 10" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 56" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-10.jpeg 515w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-10-300x241.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 515px) 100vw, 515px" /></p>
<p>The NVR supports up to 15 sets of individual user settings (including default user administrator, operator, and guest), to which you can assign different access privileges.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark69"></a> User: Enter the name of the user (applicable only to User01-12).</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark70"></a> Old Password, New Password, and Confirm Password: If you would like to change the password, enter your previous password and enter the new password and confirm the password. Press <strong>Show </strong>to reveal the password.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark71"></a> User Permission: Set the access privileges of the user to administrator, operator, or guest.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark72"></a> Load Default: Restore to the default settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark74"></a> Chapter 2-4 Storage</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark75"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark76"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark77"></a> Chapter 2-4-1 HDD MGT</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="509" height="422" class="wp-image-1727" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-11.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 11" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 57" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-11.jpeg 509w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-11-300x249.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 509px) 100vw, 509px" /></p>
<p>In <strong>HDD MGT</strong>, there are HDD format, file system defrag, check HDD malfunctioned blocks, and HDD periodic inspection. Select a desired HDD and click <strong>Format</strong>, <strong>File System Defrag</strong>, <strong>Bad Block Check</strong>, or <strong>Regular Check</strong>.</p>
<p>Regular Check:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="402" height="133" class="wp-image-1728" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-12.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 12" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 58" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-12.jpeg 402w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-12-300x99.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 402px) 100vw, 402px" /></p>
<p>Allows you to set the interval between system checks: Parameters: Click each device to enter the screen below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="414" height="229" class="wp-image-1729" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-13.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 13" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 59" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-13.jpeg 414w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-13-300x166.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 414px) 100vw, 414px" /></p>
<p><strong>System Reserve Ratio </strong>allows you to allocate the percentage of HDD space that will not be occupied by recorded files. In <strong>Mount Option</strong>, choose the writing mode for the hard drive.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark78"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark79"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark80"></a> Chapter 2-4-2 S.M.A.R.T.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="735" height="100" class="wp-image-1730" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-14.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 14" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 60" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-14.jpeg 735w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-14-300x41.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 735px) 100vw, 735px" /></p>
<p>The S.M.A.R.T. status of your hard drive is displayed in <strong>S.M.A.R.T.</strong>, where you can run analysis (either short or extended) on the HDD. Choose between <strong>Short </strong>or <strong>Extended </strong>analysis and click <strong>Analysis </strong>to start the process. You will see HDD status, information, attributes, and event history under <strong>HDD S.M.A.R.T. Information</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark81"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark82"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark83"></a> Chapter 2-4-3 USB MGT.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="668" height="119" class="wp-image-1731" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-15.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 15" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 61" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-15.jpeg 668w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-15-300x53.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 668px) 100vw, 668px" /></p>
<p>Connect a USB device (flash drive or hard drive) to the NVR, and check the one you want to format under this page, and then click <strong>Format</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark84"></a> Chapter 2-5 Event</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark85"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark86"></a> Chapter 2-5-1 System</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="660" height="141" class="wp-image-1732" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-16.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 16" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 62" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-16.jpeg 660w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-16-300x64.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 660px) 100vw, 660px" /></p>
<p>The search field in this page allows you to search for specific event reports at different time and of different content. Press <strong>Download </strong>to export the event report, <strong>Reload </strong>to update.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark87"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark88"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark89"></a> Chapter 2-5-2 Operating</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="490" height="276" class="wp-image-1733" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-17.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 17" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 63" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-17.jpeg 490w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-17-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></p>
<p>You can examine the operating status of different users under this page. Press <strong>Download </strong>to export the event report, <strong>Reload </strong>to update.</p>
<p>Chapter 2-5-3 Alarm</p>
<p>The event history is displayed in alarm log.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="746" height="483" class="wp-image-1734" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-18.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 18" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 64" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-18.jpeg 746w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-18-300x194.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 746px) 100vw, 746px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark90"></a> Event Period: Recorded event duration.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark91"></a> Search Time: Display search duration.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark92"></a> Calendar: Select date to search</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark93"></a> Channel: Select channel number to search</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark94"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark96"></a> Chapter 2-6 Maintenance</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="366" class="wp-image-1735" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-19.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 19" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 65" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-19.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-19-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-19-375x195.jpeg 375w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark97"></a> Firmware Update: Choose a firmware file and click <strong>Update </strong>to proceed firmware update.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark98"></a> Export Settings: Click <strong>Export </strong>to copy system settings to a USB flash drive.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark99"></a> Import Settings: Click <strong>Import </strong>to apply a system setting that is stored in the plugged USB flash drive.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark100"></a> Factory Reset: Click <strong>Reset </strong>to restore the system to the factory settings.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark101"></a> Soft Reboot: Click to soft reset the system.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark102"></a> Watchdog Test: Click to test the system watchdog function. This will reboot the NVR.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark103"></a> Kernel Version: The kernel version of the system.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark104"></a> Support: Click to open server execution log options dialog, record system execution details.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark105"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark106"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark107"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark108"></a> Chapter 3 Network</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark109"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark110"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark111"></a> Chapter 3-1 General</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="548" height="400" class="wp-image-1736" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-20.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 20" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 66" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-20.jpeg 548w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-20-300x219.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 548px) 100vw, 548px" /></p>
<p>Enter the required information in the fields:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark112"></a> IP Mode: Select the connection type of the NVR from <strong>Static</strong>, <strong>DHCP</strong>, and <strong>PPPoE</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark113"></a> IP Address: Enter the IP address you want to use, and press <strong>IP Test </strong>if necessary.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark114"></a> Subnet Mask: Enter the desired subnet mask.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark115"></a> Default Gateway: Enter the desired default gateway.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark116"></a> Primary DNS: Enter the first priority DNS server.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark117"></a> Secondary DNS: Enter the secondary DNS server in case the primary DNS is not available.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark118"></a> Video Port: Specify a desired video port.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark119"></a> HTTP Port: Specify a desired HTTP port.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark120"></a> HTTPS Port: Specify a desired HTTPS port and configure HTTPS.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark121"></a> FTP Port: Specify the desired FTP port.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark122"></a> MAC: This is the MAC address of your NVR.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark123"></a> PPPoE Account: If you choose to connect through PPPoE, enter the account name here.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark124"></a> PPPoE Password: Enter the required password for PPPoE connection.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark125"></a> PPPoE IP: Your PPPoE IP will be displayed here.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark126"></a> Hotspot IP: Your hotspot IP will be displayed here.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark127"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark128"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark129"></a> Chapter 3-1-1 Configuring HTTPs Port</p>
<p>The DHD DVR series support HTTPs (Hypertext Secure Transmission Protocol) service. HTTPs is an Internet protocol that ensures the integrity and confidentiality of data as it travels between users&#8217; computers and websites. When users visit any website, they want a secure and private online experience.</p>
<p>HTTPs can be regarded as the advanced security version of HTTP. The SSL protocol is added as a security certificate. Therefore, the website can prevent data thief from directly seeing the transmitted data even if they intercept the transmitted information by using the encryption on the agreement.</p>
<p>There are two options to set HTTPs service:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark130"></a> The first option is to create a free self-signed certificate by filling-in the blank field below. Then, click <strong>Create Self-signed Certificate.</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark131"></a> The second option is to purchase an SSL certificate by filling-in the blank field below and click on <strong>Create Certificate Request</strong>. Then, click on the <strong>Export Certificate Request </strong>to download the request into a PC and use to apply for official certification. After purchasing the SSL certificate from a third party company, click on the <strong>Import Signed Certificate</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>[rj| HTTPS Certificate</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td colspan="3">*</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Country Code US</p>
<p><strong>(Maae Iength2</strong></p>
<p>State or Province California</p>
<p><strong>(Max length 64</strong></p>
<p>Locality</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>[Max length 64)</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Organization TRENDnet, Inc.</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>[Max length 64</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Organization Unit Information Technology</p>
<p><strong>(Max length 64</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Common Name app.trendnetcom</p>
<p><strong>{Max length 64</strong></p>
<p>Validity 7303</p>
<p><strong>(1 ~ 3650 Day(s})</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>| Create Self-signed Certificate</td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Create Certificate Request</td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Export Certificate Request 1|</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Import Signed Certificate</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark132"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark133"></a> Chapter 3-2 Advanced</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark134"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark135"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark136"></a> Chapter 3-2-1 TCP/IP</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="719" height="340" class="wp-image-1737" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-21.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 21" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 67" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-21.jpeg 719w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-21-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 719px) 100vw, 719px" /></p>
<p>NVR supports three sets of virtual IP addresses. When <strong>TCP/IP </strong>is switched <strong>On</strong>, the NVR can access the camera or another NVR using the specific IP.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark137"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark138"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark139"></a> Chapter 3-2-2 P2P</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="273" height="329" class="wp-image-1738" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-22.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 22" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 68" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-22.jpeg 273w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-22-249x300.jpeg 249w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 273px) 100vw, 273px" /></p>
<p>1. When activated successfully, a QR code will appear on the screen, and you can access the NVR with <strong>Sentinel </strong>app by scanning the QR code.</p>
<p>• Enable: Choose <strong>On </strong>to activate the service.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark140"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark141"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark142"></a> Chapter 3-3 E-Mail</p>
<p>When an alarm is triggered, the NVR can automatically send e-mail notifications to the recipients you designated.</p>
<p>The setting options are described below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="831" height="511" class="wp-image-1739" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-23.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 23" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 69" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-23.jpeg 831w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-23-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-23-768x472.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-23-810x498.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 831px) 100vw, 831px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark143"></a> Send E-Mail: Check the box to enable sending e-mail notifications when an alarm is triggered.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark144"></a> E-Mail List: The list shows all saved e-mail addresses.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark145"></a> Edit Contact: Enter the email address you want to save as contacts and click <strong>Modify</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark146"></a> Authorization: Check if your e-mail account requires login authorization.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark147"></a> SSL/TLS: Check if your e-mail sever requires encryption.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark148"></a> E-Mail Account: Enter the account name of your e-mail.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark149"></a> E-Mail Password: Enter the password of your e-mail.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark150"></a> Sender: Enter the name you would like to display in the e-mail.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark151"></a> E-Mail Host: Enter the IP address of your e-mail server.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark152"></a> Port: Enter the port of your e-mail server.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark153"></a> JPEG File: Check to also attach JPEG photos when an alarm is triggered.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark154"></a> Candidate: Choose an email address and press Down or Up arrows to add contacts as recipients.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark155"></a> Receiver: The list of recipient(s).</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark156"></a> Annotation: Content of the email notification.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark157"></a> Trigger Conditions: Designate when to send the notification email by <strong>Channel Events </strong>and <strong>System Events.</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark158"></a> Channel Events: Click to open the dialog below.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="733" height="255" class="wp-image-1740" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-24.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 24" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 70" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-24.jpeg 733w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-24-300x104.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 733px) 100vw, 733px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark159"></a> Motion: Check to send e-mail when movements are detected.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark160"></a> Alarm: Check to send e-mail when external alarms are set off.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark161"></a> Video Loss: Check to send e-mail when connection with IP Camera is lost.</li>
</ul>
<p>• System Events: Click to open the dialog below.</p>
<p><strong>E-MAIL &#8211; System Events-.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark162"></a> HDD S.MAR.T. abnormal</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark163"></a> HDD track error</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark164"></a> HDD Temperature high</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="259" height="27" class="wp-image-1741" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-25.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 25" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 71"></p>
<p>• HDD S.M.A.R.T. abnormal: Check to send E-Mail when an S.M.A.R.T. error is detected.</p>
<p>• HDD track error: Check to send E-Mail when an HDD error is detected.</p>
<p>• E-Mail Test: Click to send the testing email to verify out the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark165"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark166"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark167"></a> Chapter 3-4 FTP</p>
<p>When an alarm is triggered, the NVR can automatically send snapshots to the FTP server you designated. The setting options are described below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="793" height="417" class="wp-image-1742" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-26.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 26" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 72" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-26.jpeg 793w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-26-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-26-768x404.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 793px) 100vw, 793px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark168"></a> FTP Server: Enter the IP address of the FTP server.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark169"></a> Port: Enter the port of the FTP server.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark170"></a> Account: Enter the account name of the FTP server.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark171"></a> Password: Enter the password of the FTP server</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark172"></a> Prefix &amp; Postfix: Specify the prefix and postfix of snapshot files.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark173"></a> File Name Format: Change the file name format to suit your need.</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.CAM 01</td>
<td>/CAM01</td>
<td>(Max. length 63)</td>
<td>□</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2. CAM02</td>
<td>/CAM02</td>
<td>(Max. length 63)</td>
<td>□</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Check the cameras that you want to send notifications to the FTP when an alarm is triggered, and specify the folder name where the images are saved.</p>
<p>For details about <strong>Trigger Conditions </strong>and <strong>Channel Events</strong>, please refer to the descriptions above.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark174"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark176"></a> Chapter 3-5 DDNS</p>
<p>With DDNS, you can access an NVR connected to the Internet through the DDNS URL, whatever the actual IP is. The setting options are described below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="264" class="wp-image-1743" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-27.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 27" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 73" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-27.jpeg 505w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-27-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-27-375x195.jpeg 375w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark177"></a> Server: Choose the DDNS server you want to use.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark178"></a> Hostname: Enter the hostname of the DDNS server.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark179"></a> User: Enter the username to log in to the DDNS server.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark180"></a> Password: Enter the password to log in to the DDNS server.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark181"></a> WAN IP: Enter your <strong>WAN IP </strong>if the NVR cannot automatically get the correct address.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark182"></a> Check Interval: Choose the time interval you want the system to check theDDNS connection.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The DDNS feature requires Internet connection.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark184"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark185"></a> Chapter 3-6 Other</p>
<p>The NVR also supports other protocols such as UPnP and SDDP, and related configurations can be modified in the <strong>OTHER </strong>tab. The setting options are described below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="571" height="425" class="wp-image-1744" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-28.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 28" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 74" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-28.jpeg 571w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-28-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 571px) 100vw, 571px" /></p>
<p>• UPnP Device Name: The device name shown on the UPnP network.</p>
<p>• UPnP Service: Switch on/off the UPnP service.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark186"></a> IE Default Live View: Select the default streaming type (H.264 or MJPEG) when streaming using Internet Explorer.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark187"></a> Reset on Ethernet Error: Reset the PHY when an Ethernet error is detected, and leave a record entry in the event table</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark188"></a> Browser Auto Logout (30 Minutes): Log out automatically after 30 minutes of inactivity.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark189"></a> SDDP Device Name: The device name shown on the SDDP network.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark190"></a> SDDP Service: Switch on/off the SDDP service.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark191"></a> IP Address Filtering: Switch on/off the IP filtering function, press <strong><em>Setup</em></strong> to open the filtering IP address setting dialog.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark192"></a> Over Bitrate Protection: Switch on/off protection function that when network input throughput over the limitation reducing live video decode to protect recording data.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark193"></a> ONVIF Service: Turn on ONVIF support when using with other ONVIF equipments.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark194"></a> IPScan Service: Turn on to work with Camera Search Tool</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark196"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark197"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark198"></a> Chapter 4 Camera</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark199"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark200"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark201"></a> Chapter 4-1 General</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="727" height="472" class="wp-image-1745" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-29.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 29" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 75" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-29.jpeg 727w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-29-300x195.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 727px) 100vw, 727px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark202"></a> Camera Name: Enter the camera name to be displayed on the streaming screen.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark203"></a> Camera Source: Allocate a NVR channel for the camera. Select Off, IP camera, or Auto.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark204"></a> IP Address: Enter the IP address of the camera you want to connect.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark205"></a> HTTP Port: Enter the port for HTTP connection.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark206"></a> RTSP Port: Enter the port for RTSP connection.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark207"></a> User: Enter the username required for camera authorization.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark208"></a> Password: Enter the password required for camera authorization.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark209"></a> Stream Type: Choose whether to stream only the primary video or dual (primary &amp; secondary) videos.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark210"></a> Primary Stream: Select the FPS and GOP for the primary stream.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark211"></a> Primary Stream Bitrate: Select the bitrate for the primary stream.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark212"></a> Secondary Stream: Select the FPS and GOP for the secondary stream (available only if <strong>Dual Stream </strong>is activated in <strong>Stream Type</strong>).</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark213"></a> Sec. Stream Bitrate: Select the bitrate for the secondary stream.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark214"></a> Decode Ref. : Select the number of reference frame for the decoder, and choose <strong>Immediate </strong>for lower latency or <strong>Smooth </strong>for smoother but higher latency video.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark215"></a> Display: Disable the video function (live feeds and playback) of the selected camera.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark216"></a> Sync Time with NVR: Turn <strong>On </strong>for the camera to sync time with the NVR.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark217"></a> Security Protocol: Check box to allow HTTPS connections to the IP camera. The recommended HTTP port setting is 443.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark218"></a> Test: Press to check ONVIF device information including manufacturer, model #, firmware version, serial # and hardware ID.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark219"></a> Assign RTSP URL: Assign required RTSP URL, NVR will connect to camera via required RTSP URL but not Onvif.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark220"></a> RTSP Multicast Setting: Assign required RTSP multicast port.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark221"></a> IPScan: Click <strong>IPScan </strong>to scan for connected devices on the network.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark222"></a> Cancel: Click <strong>Cancel </strong>to stop scanning.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark223"></a> Auto Adjust IP: Automatically assign IP for connected cameras.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark224"></a> Snap: Show snapshot thumbnails for all the cameras.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark225"></a> Set IP: Assign an IP address to the camera.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark226"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark227"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark228"></a> Chapter 4-2 Video</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="736" height="477" class="wp-image-1746" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-30.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 30" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 76" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-30.jpeg 736w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-30-300x194.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 736px) 100vw, 736px" /></p>
<p>In this page, you can adjust several camera parameters including <strong>Contrast</strong>, <strong>Brightness</strong>, <strong>Saturation</strong>, and <strong>Sharpness</strong>.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Default </strong>to restore the NVR to its factory settings. Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to update the preview image.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark229"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark230"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark231"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark232"></a> Chapter 5 Record</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark233"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark234"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark235"></a> Chapter 5-1 General</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>GENERAL</td>
<td>H SCHEDULE</td>
<td>^ADVANCED</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1.CAM01</td>
<td>Record Mode</td>
<td>Schedule</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.CAM02</td>
<td>Audio</td>
<td>On</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3. CAM03</td>
<td>Post-alarm Record</td>
<td>30</p>
<p>(0-100 Second(sj)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<ol>
<li>CAM04</li>
<li>CAM05</li>
</ol>
</td>
<td>Weighted Record</td>
<td><strong>Off</strong></p>
<p><strong>(Only for always record)</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark236"></a> Record Mode: Switch on/off scheduled recording.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark237"></a> Audio: Switch on/off audio recording.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark238"></a> Post-alarm Record: Enable to record after an event takes place. Set the time (second) for the NVR to record after the alarm is triggered.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark239"></a> Weighted Record: If any alarm is triggered when <strong>Weighted Record </strong>is turned on, the recording frame rate will be adjusted to the pre-determined value (which can be set in <strong>CAMERA SETUP</strong>). Otherwise, the NVR will record at a lower frame rate (approximately 4-5 FPS).</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: System Recording Mode </strong>must set to <strong>Schedule </strong>and <strong>Recording schedule </strong>set to <strong>Always</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark240"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark241"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark242"></a> Chapter 5-2 Schedule</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="647" height="234" class="wp-image-1747" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-31.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 31" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 77" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-31.jpeg 647w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-31-300x109.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 647px) 100vw, 647px" /></p>
<p>To modify the recording schedule, switch the recording type from <strong>Always </strong>(continuous recording), <strong>Alarm </strong>(record only when an alarm is triggered), or <strong>No Record </strong>(disable recording), and highlight the desired date and time accordingly. Click <strong>Apply All </strong>to apply your selection of recording type to all dates and time.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark243"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark244"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark245"></a> Chapter 5-3 Advanced</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="422" height="242" class="wp-image-1748" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-32.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 32" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 78" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-32.jpeg 422w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-32-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 422px) 100vw, 422px" /></p>
<p>• System Recording Mode: Choose between <strong>Manual </strong>or <strong>Scheduled </strong>recording.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark246"></a> Overwritten: Switch on to overwrite old files when the storage is full.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark247"></a> Pre-alarm Record: Switch on to start recording for a period before an alarm occurs.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark248"></a> Limited Recording: Set the number of days to record (from now to the designated day).</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark249"></a> Protected Recording: Set how many days of video the NVR will preserve.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark250"></a> Estimate Recording Time: The estimate number of days that can be recorded based on the hard disk size</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark251"></a> Average Recording Bitrate: The average video stream size based on the current bandwidth received by the NVR.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark252"></a> Average Recording Size: The available recording space according to the current installed hard disk.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark253"></a> Average Recording Time: The estimate number of days that can be recorded based on the hard disk size.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark254"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark255"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark256"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark257"></a> Chapter 6 Alarm</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark258"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark259"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark260"></a> Chapter 6-1 General</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="569" height="366" class="wp-image-1749" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-33.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 33" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 79" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-33.jpeg 569w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-33-300x193.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 569px) 100vw, 569px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark261"></a> Alarm Input Type: Set the alarm sensor to <strong>Normally Open </strong>(NO), <strong>Normally Closed </strong>(NC), or <strong>IP Camera</strong>. The last option will trigger the alarm only when receiving a signal from IP cameras.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark262"></a> Motion Enable: Switch on/off motion detection. Remember also to set the motion detection area in the tab <strong>MOTION AREA</strong>.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark263"></a> Motion Sensitivity: Adjust the sensitivity of motion detection. Higher sensitivity indicates that the alarm can be more easily triggered.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark264"></a> Save Event Snapshot: Enable to store a snapshot on the hard drive when an alarm is triggered.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark265"></a> Motion Popup: The display view pops up when the motion is triggered.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark266"></a> Specify Alarm Text: The alarm text displays on the channel when the alarm is triggered</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark267"></a> Display View: Turn on/off the display view when the alarm is triggered.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark268"></a> Display Type: Switching display view to camera/view when alarm is triggered.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark269"></a> Alarm Popup: The display view pops up when the alarm input is triggered</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark270"></a> Metadata Popup: The display view pops up when the metadata event is triggered</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark271"></a> Display Content: Camera: Switch display to the selected channel. View: Switch display to the selected split view group.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark272"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark273"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark274"></a> Chapter 6-2 Motion Area</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="536" height="355" class="wp-image-1750" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-34.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 34" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 80" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-34.jpeg 536w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-34-300x199.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /></p>
<p>Click and drag across the grid to highlight motion detection areas. Click <strong>Apply All Channels </strong>to apply the areas to all camera channels.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark275"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark276"></a> Chapter 6-3 Output</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark277"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark278"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark279"></a> Chapter 6-3-1 Buzzer</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="142" class="wp-image-1751" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-35.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 35" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 81" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-35.jpeg 709w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-35-300x60.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark280"></a> Enable: Turn <strong>On </strong>to activate the buzzer.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark281"></a> Trigger Conditions: See <strong>Channel Events </strong>and <strong>System Events </strong>above for more details.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark282"></a> Alarm Send Interval: Set the frequency of buzzer beeping when an alarm is triggered.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: SYSTEM SETUP </strong>&gt; <strong>GENERAL </strong>&gt; <strong>Buzzer </strong>must be enabled.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark283"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark284"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark285"></a> Chapter 6-3-2 E-Mail</p>
<p>Channel Events | System Events | Schedule</p>
<p>30</p>
<p><strong>(S—100 Seconds]</strong></p>
<p>BUZZER</p>
<p>E-MAIL</p>
<p>FTP</p>
<p>NOTIFICATION</p>
<p>Trigger Conditions</p>
<p>Alarm Send Interval</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark286"></a> Enable: Turn <strong>On </strong>to activate e-mail sending.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark287"></a> Trigger Conditions: See <strong>Channel Events </strong>and <strong>System Events </strong>above for more details.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark288"></a> Alarm Send Interval: Set the frequency of sending alarm notification e-mail.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark289"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark290"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark291"></a> Chapter 6-3-3 FTP</p>
<p>BUZZER</p>
<p>E-MAIL</p>
<p>FTP</p>
<p>NOTIFICATION</p>
<p>Enable Off</p>
<p>Trigger Conditions</p>
<p>Alarm Send Interval 10</p>
<p>[5-1 CO Seconds]</p>
<p>Channel Events</p>
<p>Schedule</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark292"></a> Enable: Turn <strong>On </strong>to activate FTP sending.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark293"></a> Trigger Conditions: See <strong>Channel Events </strong>and <strong>System Events </strong>above for more details.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark294"></a> Alarm Send Interval: Set the frequency of sending image files to an FTP server when an alarm is triggered.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark295"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark296"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark297"></a> Chapter 6-3-4 Notification</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="736" height="155" class="wp-image-1752" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-36.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 36" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 82" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-36.jpeg 736w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-36-300x63.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 736px) 100vw, 736px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark298"></a> Enable: Turn <strong>On </strong>to activate app push notification sending.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark299"></a> Trigger Conditions: See <strong>Channel Events </strong>above for more details.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark300"></a> Alarm Send Interval: Set the frequency of sending the app push notification when an alarm is triggered.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark301"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark302"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark303"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark304"></a> Chapter 7 Display</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark305"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark306"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark307"></a> Chapter 7-1 General</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="378" class="wp-image-1753" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-37.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 37" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 83" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-37.jpeg 590w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-37-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="223" height="263" class="wp-image-1754" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-38.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 38" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 84"></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark308"></a> HDMI Mode: Switch the output mode between DVI and HDMI.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark309"></a> HDMI Resolution: Select a screen resolution that fits your screen.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark310"></a> VGA Mode: Choose <strong>HDMI Sync </strong>to synchronize the videos for VGA and HDMI outputs. Choose <strong>SPOT </strong>to display an HDMI/VGA switch button in the real-time view. Click the switch button to switch control of split views between HDMI/VGA.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark311"></a> VGA Resolution: Select a screen resolution that fits your screen</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark312"></a> OLED IP Address: Turn on/off IP address display on front panel OLED.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark313"></a> Camera Name: Adjust the channel name OSD position on local live view display. Opposite field is to select channel name text color for on-screen display.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark314"></a> Status Area: Adjust the status OSD position on local live view display. Opposite field is to select status text color for on-screen display.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark315"></a> Date / Time: Enable or disable the date and time OSD from the local live view screen.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark316"></a> View/SEQ Name: Turn on/off View/Sequence OSD on split screen view</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark317"></a> Alarm Text Color: Select alarm text color for on-screen display.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark318"></a> Error Message: Turn on/off error message in live view.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark319"></a> Split Border Line: Select borderline size/color on split screen view</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark320"></a> Startup Display: Specify video to display after the DVR startup is completed.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark321"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark322"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark323"></a> Chapter 7-2 Advanced</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="593" height="202" class="wp-image-1755" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-39.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 39" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 85" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-39.jpeg 593w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-39-300x102.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 593px) 100vw, 593px" /></p>
<p><strong>SEQUENCE</strong></p>
<p><strong>Split 1 Interval</strong></p>
<p><strong>Split 4 Interval</strong></p>
<p><strong>Split 6 Interval</strong></p>
<p>In this page, you can adjust brightness, contrast, saturation and hue of the NVR output. Click <strong>Load Default </strong>to restore to the factory settings.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Availability depends on model.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark324"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark325"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark326"></a> Chapter 7-3 Sequence</p>
<p><strong>5</strong></p>
<p>(5 ~ 30 Seconds)</p>
<p><strong>5</strong></p>
<p>(5-30 Seconds)</p>
<p><strong>5</strong></p>
<p>(5 ~ 30 Seconds)</p>
<p>You are allowed to view videos of multiple cameras in sequence. Specify the <strong>Sequence Interval </strong>for the NVR to switch to the next camera or camera group for monitoring.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark327"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark328"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark329"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark330"></a> Chapter 8 PTZ</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark331"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark332"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark333"></a> Chapter 8-1 General (For PTZ cameras only)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="558" height="344" class="wp-image-1756" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-40.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 40" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 86" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-40.jpeg 558w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-40-300x185.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 558px) 100vw, 558px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark334"></a> Transfer Mode: Choose a PTZ communication protocol from HTTP, ONVIF, or Fish Eye. Otherwise use RS­485.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark335"></a> RS-485 Protocol: Choose a RS-485 control protocol for your RS-485 PTZ device.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: Transfer Mode </strong>must be set to <strong>RS-485</strong>. Availability depends on models.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark336"></a> Control ID: Choose the corresponding device ID to control the camera.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark337"></a> Control Panel: The type of PTZ control panel.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark338"></a> Baud Rate: The baud rate of RS-485 communication.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark339"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark340"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark341"></a> Chapter 8-2 NVR Cascade</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="668" height="411" class="wp-image-1757" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-41.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 41" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 87" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-41.jpeg 668w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-41-300x185.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 668px) 100vw, 668px" /></p>
<p>This tab allows you to cascade multiple NVRs or adjust relevant settings. For detailed instructions on how to use the NVR cascade function, visit our official website. Enter <strong>Support &gt; SDK</strong>, and download the document named <strong>DVR/NVR IR/keyboard serial commands over HTTP</strong>. The settings listed in this tab are described in details as follows:</p>
<p>• Show/Hide: Reveal or hide the password.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark342"></a> Modify: Apply the changes you&#8217;ve made.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark343"></a> Default: Restore to factory settings.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark344"></a> Search: Find all other NVR(s) connected to your network.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark345"></a> Export: Export the settings to the USB flash drive connected to the NVR.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark346"></a> Import: Load the settings from the USB flash drive connected to the NVR.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark347"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark348"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark349"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark350"></a> Chapter 9 Metadata</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark351"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark352"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark353"></a> Chapter 9-1 General</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="427" height="550" class="wp-image-1758" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-42.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 42" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 88" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-42.jpeg 427w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-42-233x300.jpeg 233w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 427px) 100vw, 427px" /></p>
<p>The NVR supports various external devices such as GPS or POS, and in this page you are allowed the change the settings for these devices. The setting options are described as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark354"></a> Serial Input: Select the USB port to which your external device is connected.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark355"></a> Metadata Service: Turn <strong>On </strong>to enable using external devices.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark356"></a> Serial Device Server: Enter the server IP for your serial device.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark357"></a> Server Data Port: Enter the port of your serial device.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark358"></a> Server Command Port: Enter the command port of the device.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark359"></a> Emulated Mode: Choose an emulation type from the drop-down menu (see image below).</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>ESC/POS</strong></p>
<p><strong>ATM NIXDORF</strong></p>
<p><strong>POS BETTERSOFT</strong></p>
<p><strong>V1VIPOS</strong></p>
<p><strong>BJ SUBWAY LINE 1 INTERCOM</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark360"></a> Encoding Mode: Choose between ASCII and UTF-8.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark361"></a> Baud Rate: Select an option suitable for your device.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark362"></a> Data Size: Select an option suitable for your device.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark363"></a> Parity: Select an option suitable for your device.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark364"></a> Stop Bit: Select an option suitable for your device.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark365"></a> Flow Control: Select an option suitable for your device.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark366"></a> OSD Font Color: Choose a color for the OSD font from the spectrum (see image below).</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="333" height="206" class="wp-image-1759" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-43.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 43" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 89" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-43.jpeg 333w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-43-300x186.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 333px) 100vw, 333px" /></p>
<p>Event Metadata: Enable/disable recording of events triggered by Metadata in the event log.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark367"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark368"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark369"></a> Chapter 9-2 Event</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="668" height="137" class="wp-image-1760" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-44.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 44" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 90" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-44.jpeg 668w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-44-300x62.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 668px) 100vw, 668px" /></p>
<p>This tab displays a history of received metadata. You are allowed to search for events based on time, channel, or content.</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark370"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark371"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark372"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark373"></a> Chapter 10 Other</p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark374"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark375"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark376"></a> Chapter 10-1 Smartphone</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="727" height="305" class="wp-image-1761" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-45.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 45" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 91" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-45.jpeg 727w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-45-300x126.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 727px) 100vw, 727px" /></p>
<p>This tab provides settings for sending alarm notifications to your smartphone that is paired with the NVR. You can download <strong>Sentinel </strong>in App Store or Google Play for your iPhone, iPad, and other Android devices.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark377"></a> Trigger Conditions: See <strong>Channel Events </strong>and <strong>System Events </strong>above for more details.</li>
<li><a id="post-1716-bookmark378"></a> Push Device List: Click <strong>Show </strong>to open a dialog, display all registered mobile devices that required push notification.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Sentinel App Download</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-1716-bookmark379"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark380"></a><a id="post-1716-bookmark381"></a> iOS Android</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="549" height="222" class="wp-image-1762" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-46.jpeg" alt="word image 1716 46" title="TRENDnet Poe NVR Installation Guide 92" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-46.jpeg 549w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1716-46-300x121.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 549px) 100vw, 549px" /></p>
<ol>
<li id="post-1716-footnote-2">Recorded Period: Recorded data duration <a href="#post-1716-footnote-ref-2">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1716-footnote-3">USB Status: USB flash drive status detection, click for server to re-detect the USB device. <a href="#post-1716-footnote-ref-3">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1716-footnote-4">Start Time Picker: Select start time to backup <a href="#post-1716-footnote-ref-4">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1716-footnote-5">End Time Picker: Select end time to backup <a href="#post-1716-footnote-ref-5">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1716-footnote-6">Backup Period: Selected backup duration <a href="#post-1716-footnote-ref-6">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1716-footnote-7">Channel Number: Select channel number to backup <a href="#post-1716-footnote-ref-7">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1716-footnote-8">Backup File Format: Select backup file format <a href="#post-1716-footnote-ref-8">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1716-footnote-9">Estimate File Size: Estimate file size of selected period <a href="#post-1716-footnote-ref-9">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1716-footnote-10">Backup: Click to start backup <a href="#post-1716-footnote-ref-10">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-1716-footnote-11">Cancel: Click to go back to previous page <a href="#post-1716-footnote-ref-11">↑</a></li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/trendnet-poe-nvr-installation-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/tiandy-nvr-full-installation-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/tiandy-nvr-full-installation-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 20:10:29 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chinese]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cloud Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Error Message]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Face Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Face Recognition]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[intelligent analysis]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lens control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile App]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[preset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[RTSP port]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[step by step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tiandy NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[USB flash drive]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VIVOTEK]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=1428</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide,Describes the main features that users need to know when using the NVR.Describe the parts and accessories that...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide,Describes the main features that users need to know when using the NVR.Describe the parts and accessories that users must know before using NVR: front and rear panels, mouse, and how to operate the device through these parts and accessories.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Overview of Product Functions</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Describes the main features that users need to know when using the <a href="https://en.tiandy.com/index.php?s=/Home/Product/lists/category/107.html" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">NVR</a>.</p>
<p>Basic Features</p>
<ul>
<li>Support for network device access, including network cameras, IP domes and network video servers, as well as third-party network cameras.</li>
<li>Support for the standard Onvif protocol.</li>
<li>Each channel supports the preview of primary and secondary code streams.</li>
<li>Each channel supports adjustable encoding parameters, including resolution, frame rate, code rate, image quality.</li>
<li>Each channel supports regular functioning and alarming, custom 1, custom 2 and other intelligent video template parameters.</li>
<li>Support for fast addition of IP channels.</li>
</ul>
<p>Local Monitoring</p>
<ul>
<li>Support for VGA and HDMI displays.</li>
<li>Support for multi-screen video preview.</li>
<li>Support for the preview of up to 1/3/4/6/8/9/10/13/16/20A/20B/25/32/36/40/64 screens.</li>
<li>Support for the preview of shortcut menu operations.</li>
<li>Support for front-end intelligent analysis.</li>
<li>Support for video motion detection, video loss detection, video occlusion detection and port alarm detection.</li>
<li>Support for a variety of mainstream PTZ control protocols, and also setting and recalling of preset position, cruise path and trajectory.</li>
</ul>
<p>Hard Disk File Management</p>
<ul>
<li>Support for hard disk SMART information display.</li>
<li>Support for bad track detection.</li>
<li>Support for setting of hard disk property: redundant, read-only, read-write and backup.</li>
<li>Support for hard disk sleep.</li>
<li>Support for hard disk pack quota, which can be divided into disk pack or different channels to allocate different video storage space.</li>
<li>TC-R58(20/40/80) configuration: I/B/N <sub>s</sub> TC-R38(40/80) configuration: I/B/N(/Z) and TC-R31680 configuration: E/B/N(/Z) series devices support disk array.</li>
</ul>
<p>Video Recording and Playback</p>
<ul>
<li>The video trigger mode includes: timer and port alarm, motion detection alarm, detection or port alarm, detection and port alarm, video loss alarm, video occlusion alarm, intelligent analysis alarm and other alarm situations.</li>
<li>Support for pre-recording and delay of linkage videos of all alarm types.</li>
<li>Support for querying of video files by general conditions/events.</li>
<li>Support for local redundant recording.</li>
<li>Support for locking/unlocking of video files.</li>
<li>Up to 4 video recording periods can be set a day, and the recording trigger mode in different periods can be set independently.</li>
<li>Support for holiday plans.</li>
<li>Support for querying of videos by channel number, video type, start and end time and file type.</li>
<li>Support for several playback modes including regular playback, event playback, label playback, intelligent playback, video summary playback, time-phased playback, picture playback and external file playback.</li>
<li>Support for video snapshot function. Different types of videos are distinguished with different colors.</li>
<li>Support for pause, fast forward, slow, forward 30S, reverse 30S, step, step back, stop, one day before, one day after, as well as dragging your mouse for locating.</li>
<li>Support for rolling your mouse wheel to zoom in and out the playback timeline.</li>
<li>Support for digital zooming of any area.</li>
<li>Support for video file playback function.</li>
<li>Synchronous playback of up to 16 channels is possible for devices with 16 channels and above.</li>
</ul>
<p>Data Backup</p>
<ul>
<li>Support for backup of videos, pictures and other data via USB devices.</li>
<li>Support for bulk backup by file range and type.</li>
<li>Support for playback, clipping and backup of videos.</li>
<li>Support for fast backup by channel and time.</li>
<li>Support for management and maintenance of backup devices.</li>
</ul>
<p>Alarm and Abnormality Management</p>
<ul>
<li>Support for setting of the arming time of alarm inputs/outputs.</li>
<li>Support for video loss, motion detection, video occlusion, port, intelligent analysis, detection or port, detection and port and other alarm detections. All the alarms can be linked to single-screen display, text plan, sound alert, email and alarm output, and can trigger the recording of any channel.</li>
<li>Support for disk full, no disk, disk read/write error, illegal access, IP address conflict, MAC address conflict, no redundant disk available, network disconnection, abnormal hot standby, abnormal array, disk overloaded, abnormal recording, disk SMART abnormality, disk temperature abnormality and other abnormality detections. In addition, the POE equipment also supports the POE overload detection. Various exceptions can trigger screen prompt, sound alert, upload center, email alarm and port alarm.</li>
<li>When the system runs abnormally, the software watchdog can restart.</li>
</ul>
<p>Other Local Features</p>
<ul>
<li>Five-level user permission management allows an administrator to create more than one operation user and allocate them with proper permissions, which can be accurate to a certain channel.</li>
<li>Complete logging and retrieval of operation, alarm, exception and information logs.</li>
<li>Support for manual triggering and clearing of alarms.</li>
<li>Support for import/export of device configuration information.</li>
</ul>
<p>Network Features</p>
<ul>
<li>Support for TCP/IP protocol cluster, and also PPPoE, DHCP, DNS, DDNS, NTP, SADP, NFS, HTTPS and other protocols.</li>
<li>Embedded WEB server.</li>
<li>Support for unicast and multicast. For unicast, TCP, UDP, and RTP protocols are supported.</li>
<li>Support for remote search, playback, download, locking and unlocking of video files.</li>
<li>Support for remote fetching and configuration of parameters, as well as remote export and import of device parameters.</li>
<li>Support for remote fetching of equipment running state, system log and alarm state.</li>
<li>Support for system maintenance operations such as remote formatting, updating and rebooting of hard disk.</li>
<li>Support for alarm port expansion through alarm host.</li>
<li>Support for remote manual triggering and stopping of video recording.</li>
<li>Support for remote manual triggering and stopping of alarm outputs.</li>
<li>Support for remote PTZ control.</li>
<li>Support for voice intercom or voice broadcast.</li>
</ul>
<p>Development Support</p>
<ul>
<li>Provides SDK software development kits under Windows and Linux-based systems.</li>
<li>Provides application software source code for demonstration.</li>
<li>Provides development support and development training</li>
</ul>
<p>services for application systems.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1429" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-1.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 1" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 366"></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Product features list the main features available from our company&#8217;s NVR. Features depend on model specifications, intended purposes and configurations. The real product shall prevail.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><strong>Need-to-Know</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Describe the parts and accessories that users must know before using NVR: front and rear panels, mouse, and how to operate the device through these parts and accessories.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Introduction to Front panel</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Keys and indicator lights on the front panel are introduced.</p>
<h2>Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide</h2>
<blockquote><p>Read More :</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/firmware/new-firmware-for-chinese-ipcamera.html">New Firmware for Chinese IPCAMERA</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/software/best-free-ip-camera-software-for-windows.html">Best FREE IP Camera Software for Windows</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/firmware/vivotek-firmware-dvr-nvr-ipc-software-download.html">Vivotek firmware DVR NVR IPC Software download</a></li>
</ul>
</blockquote>
<p>The front panel of PSE series NVR, TC-R14(20/40) configuration: I/B/N, TC-R54(20/40) configuration: I/B/N, TC-R3440 configuration: I/B/N,</p>
<p>TC-R5110 configuration: I/B/N, TC-R5220 configuration: I/B/N standard</p>
<p>series NVR is shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="872" height="162" class="wp-image-1430" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-2.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 2" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 367" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-2.jpeg 872w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-2-300x56.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-2-768x143.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-2-810x150.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 872px) 100vw, 872px" /></p>
<p>The functions of the front panel are shown in the following table:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>S/N</strong></td>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">1</td>
<td rowspan="3">State</p>
<p>indicat ors</td>
<td>PWRS</td>
<td>Power indicator; it is on when the device is connected to the power supply.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>HDD working indicator; it is on when the device reads from and writes to the HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NET</td>
<td>Network status indicator; it flashes in network communication mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Interfa ce</td>
<td>USB</p>
<p>interface</td>
<td>To connect to external mouse, USB device, mobile hard disk and other devices.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The front panel of TC-R11(05/10/20) configuration: I/B/V2.0, TC-R31(05/10/20) configuration: I/B standard series NVR, TCR1120 configuration: I/B/V2.0 multimedia NVR is shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="158" class="wp-image-1431" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-3.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 3" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 368" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-3.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-3-300x54.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-3-768x139.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-3-810x147.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>The functions of Status indicators on the front panel are shown in the</p>
<p>following table:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>S/N</strong></td>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">1</td>
<td rowspan="3">State</p>
<p>indicat ors</td>
<td>PWRS</td>
<td>Power indicator; it is on when the device is connected to the power supply.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>HDD working indicator; it is on when the device reads from and writes to the HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NET</td>
<td>Network status indicator; it flashes in network communication mode.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The front panel of TC-R58(20/40/80) configuration: I/B/N, TC-R38(40/80)</p>
<p>configuration: I/B/N, TC-R58(20/40/80) configuration: I/F,</p>
<p>TC-R38(20/40/80) configuration: I/F/N series NVR is shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="167" class="wp-image-1432" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-4.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 4" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 369" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-4.jpeg 868w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-4-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-4-768x148.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-4-810x156.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p>The functions of Status indicators on the front panel are shown in the following table:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>S/N</strong></td>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">1</td>
<td rowspan="3">State</p>
<p>indicat ors</td>
<td>PWRS</td>
<td>Power indicator; it is on when the device is connected to the power supply.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>HDD</td>
<td>HDD working indicator; it is on when the device reads from and writes to the HDD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NET</td>
<td>Network status indicator; it flashes in network communication mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Interfa ce</td>
<td>USB</p>
<p>interface</td>
<td>To connect to external mouse, USB device, mobile hard disk and other devices.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The front panel of TC-R516(40/80/160) configuration: E/B/N, TC-R31680</p>
<p>configuration: E/B/N series NVR is shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="858" height="255" class="wp-image-1433" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-5.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 5" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 370" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-5.jpeg 858w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-5-300x89.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-5-768x228.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-5-810x241.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 858px) 100vw, 858px" /></p>
<p>The functions of Status indicators on the front panel are shown in the following table:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>S/N</strong></td>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Key</td>
<td>POWER</td>
<td>ON/OFF button + power indicator.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Status indicate r</td>
<td>Alarm indicator</td>
<td>When the equipment works abnormally, the indicator is on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Status indicate r</td>
<td>Running</p>
<p>indicator</td>
<td>When the equipment works normally, the indicator light is on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Status</td>
<td>LAN1</td>
<td>Network card 1 status indicator; it</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>indicato r</td>
<td></td>
<td>flashes in network communication state.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Status</p>
<p>indicato r</td>
<td>LAN2</td>
<td>Network card 2 status indicator; it flashes in network communication state.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Status</p>
<p>indicato r</td>
<td>Hard disk error</p>
<p>indicator</td>
<td>This indicator is on in red when the</p>
<p>HDD works abnormally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>Status</p>
<p>indicato r</td>
<td>Hard disk</p>
<p>running</p>
<p>indicator</td>
<td>This indicator flashes in green when the HDD works normally.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>interface</td>
<td>USB interface</td>
<td>To connect to external mouse, USB device, mobile hard disk and other devices.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark0"></a> Introduction to Rear Panel</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The rear panel and interfaces of the equipment are introduced.</p>
<p>The interfaces on the rear panel of TC-R3105 configuration: I/B/P(/Z) series PSE NVR are shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="280" class="wp-image-1434" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-6.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 6" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 371" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-6.jpeg 787w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-6-300x107.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-6-768x273.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p>Voice intercom input LAN Ethernet port</p>
<p>Alarm output</p>
<p>Power input</p>
<p>Earthing terminal</p>
<p>The interfaces on the rear panel of TC-R3210 configuration: I/B/P(/Z) series PSE NVR are shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="196" class="wp-image-1435" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-7.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 7" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 372" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-7.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-7-300x68.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-7-768x174.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-7-810x184.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>The interfaces on the rear panel of TC-R3220 configuration: I/B/P(/Z) series PSE NVR are shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="183" class="wp-image-1436" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-8.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 8" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 373" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-8.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-8-300x63.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-8-768x162.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-8-810x171.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>The interfaces on the rear panel of TC-R3220 configuration: I/B/P/H(/Z) series PSE NVR are shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="166" class="wp-image-1437" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-9.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 9" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 374" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-9.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-9-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-9-768x147.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-9-810x155.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>The interfaces on the rear panel of TC-R11(05/10/20) configuration: I/B</p>
<p>TC-R31(05/10/20) configuration: I/B(/Z) series NVR are shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="318" class="wp-image-1438" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-10.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 10" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 375" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-10.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-10-300x110.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-10-768x282.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-10-810x298.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>The interfaces on the rear panel of TC-R1230 configuration: I/B, TC-R12(10/20) configuration: I/B, TC-R32(10/20) configuration: I/B(/Z), TC-R5210 configuration: I/F, TC-R3210 configuration: I/F(/Z) series NVR are shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="412" class="wp-image-1439" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-11.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 11" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 376" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-11.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-11-300x143.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-11-768x365.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-11-810x385.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>The interfaces on the rear panel of TC-R3105 configuration: I/F(/Z) series</p>
<p>NVR are shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="480" class="wp-image-1440" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-12.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 12" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 377" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-12.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-12-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-12-768x427.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-12-810x450.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>The interfaces on the rear panel of TC-R14(20/40) configuration: I/B/N, TC-R54(20/40) configuration: I/B/N, TC-R3440 configuration: I/B/N(/Z) series NVR are shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="292" class="wp-image-1441" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-13.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 13" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 378" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-13.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-13-300x101.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-13-768x260.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-13-810x274.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>The interfaces on the rear panel of TC-R58(20/40/80) configuration: I/B/N, TC-R38(40/80) configuration: I/B/N(/Z), TC-R58(20/40/80) configuration: I/F, TC-R38(20/40/80) configuration: I/F/N(/Z) series NVR are shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="366" class="wp-image-1442" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-14.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 14" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 379" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-14.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-14-300x127.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-14-768x325.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-14-810x343.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>The interfaces on the rear panel of TC-NR2x enhanced series NVR (80 channels, 160 channels, 16 disk position) are shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="366" class="wp-image-1443" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-15.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 15" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 380" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-15.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-15-300x127.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-15-768x325.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-15-810x343.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>The interfaces on the rear panel of TCR1120 configuration: I/B/V2.0 multi-media NVR are shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="208" class="wp-image-1444" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-16.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 16" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 381" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-16.jpeg 752w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-16-300x83.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="43" class="wp-image-1445" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-17.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 17" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 382"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• The schematic diagram illustrates the functions of interfaces on the front and rear panels only, and the specific chassis size shall be subject to the real product.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Instructions to Mouse Operations</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After your mouse is connected to the USB interface, you can use your mouse to operate the device. For information about available operations, refer to the following table:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Action</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Left-click</td>
<td>Click</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Preview: select a screen, display the fast add IP channel interface (When IP device channel is not added).</li>
<li>Preview: display preview shortcut menu (when IP device channel is added).</li>
<li>Menu: select and confirm.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Double click</td>
<td>• Single screen, full screen, multi-screen display switch in preview and playback states.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Press&amp;hold</p>
<p>and drag</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Turn directions in PTZ control mode.</li>
<li>Set the area range when setting occlusion, motion</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>detection and video occlusion alarm area.</p>
<ul>
<li>Drag the scroll bar where channel and time is displayed.</li>
<li>Switch between two preview screens.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Right click</td>
<td>Click</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Preview: to display the right-click menu.</li>
<li>Menu: exit the current menu and return to the previous level</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Mouse wheel</td>
<td>Swipe up</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Up and down selection box, scroll-up options</li>
<li>Scroll bar, scroll-up pages</li>
<li>Increasing the multiplying factor (+) for digital zoom</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Swipe down</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Up and down selection box, scroll-down options</li>
<li>Scroll bar, scroll-down pages</li>
<li>Decreasing the multiplying</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>factor (-) for digital zoom</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Double click</td>
<td>• Mouse switches between</p>
<p>primary and secondary</p>
<p>screens</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><strong>Installation and Connection</strong>
<ol>
<li><strong>Precautions for Installation</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Wr</em> Warning:</strong></p>
<p>Improper battery replacement is at the risk of explosion. The replacement operation is not recommended for users. To replace the battery, use the battery of the same type or equivalent type.</p>
<p>NVR is a special monitoring device which shall be installed by paying attention to the followings:</p>
<ul>
<li>Do not place containers containing (such as water glasses) liquid on the NVR.</li>
<li>Install the NVR in a well-ventilated location. Install multiple devices such that they are spaced greater than 2cm.</li>
<li>Operate the NVR under allowable temperature (-10°C ~ +55°C) and humidity (10% ~ 90%). (The H.265 series NVR with RAID mode enabled operates under 0°C ~ +55°C; the H.265 series NVR E16 with redundancy mode enabled operates under +20°C ~ + 55 ^).</li>
<li>Please remove the power cord to cut off the mains power before cleaning the device.</li>
<li>Dust on the circuit board within the NVR, when dampened, may result in short circuit. Please regularly brush out dust on the circuit board, connectors, chassis and fan. If dirt is hard to be cleaned, use water-diluted neutral cleaner to remove it and then dry it.</li>
<li>Do not use volatile solvents such as alcohol, benzene or diluent to clean the device, neither strong or abrasive cleaners, which may damage the surface coating.</li>
<li>Please purchase monitoring-level SATA HDD from regular channels to ensure the quality and use requirements of the HDD. Seagate monitoring-level HDD is recommended.</li>
<li>Please ensure that there is no danger due to uneven mechanical loads.</li>
<li>Please make sure that the video cable and audio cable have enough space for installation, and the bending radius of the cable should not be less than 5 times the outer diameter of the cable.</li>
<li>Please ensure that the NVR is reliably grounded.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>When you receive this product, please check against the &#8221; packing list&#8221; in the packing box. In case of any damage or missing accessories, please contact your vendor immediately.
<ol>
<li>. Installing HDD</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Our NVR device is not supplied with hard disk. A hard disk needs to be configured and installed according to your recording plan. Disassembly of the chassis and installation of the hard disk must be completed by professionals.</p>
<p><strong>• Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Please use the NVR dedicated monitoring-level hard disk recommended by the hard disk manufacturer.</li>
<li>For the maximum number of hard disks installed on the device, refers to the instructions in the hard disk document.</li>
<li>Make sure that the power supply is cut off before installation commences.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Calculation Method of HDD Capacity</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Calculate the total capacity required for a hard disk video recorder according to the requirements of video recording (video type, video storage time), as detailed in the Appendix of this Manual.</p>
<p>Example:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Bit Rate</strong></td>
<td><strong>File Size/Hour</strong></td>
<td><strong>Bit Rate</strong></td>
<td><strong>File Size/Hour</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>96 Kbps</td>
<td>42 m.</td>
<td>128 Kbps</td>
<td>56 M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>160 Kbps</td>
<td>70 M</td>
<td>192 Kbps</td>
<td>84 M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>224 Kbps</td>
<td>98 M</td>
<td>256 Kbps</td>
<td>112 M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>320 Kbps</td>
<td>140 M</td>
<td>384 Kbps</td>
<td>168 M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>448 Kbps</td>
<td>196 M</td>
<td>512 Kbps</td>
<td>225 M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>640 Kbps</td>
<td>281 M</td>
<td>768 Kbps</td>
<td>337 M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>896 Kbps</td>
<td>393 M</td>
<td>1024 Kbps</td>
<td>450 M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1280 Kbps</td>
<td>562 M</td>
<td>1536 Kbps</td>
<td>675 M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1792 Kbps</td>
<td>787 M</td>
<td>2048 Kbps</td>
<td>900 M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3072 Kbps</td>
<td>1350 M</td>
<td>4096 Kbps</td>
<td>1800 M</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="45" class="wp-image-1446" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-18.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 18" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 383"></p>
<p>8192 Kbps</p>
<p>3600 M</p>
<p>16384 Kbps</p>
<p>7200 M</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>The data provided in the table above is for reference only. The estimation of &#8220;file size&#8221; in the table may deviate from the actual value, and any loss caused thereby shall be borne by the user.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>HDD Installation Procedure</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Installation tools</strong></p>
<p>A cross screwdriver.</p>
<p>Installation diagrams (1) :</p>
<p>1 Remove the screws on the rear and sides of the chassis and then</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="418" height="314" class="wp-image-1447" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-19.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 19" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 384" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-19.jpeg 418w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-19-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 418px) 100vw, 418px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="395" height="317" class="wp-image-1448" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-20.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 20" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 385" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-20.jpeg 395w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-20-300x241.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 395px) 100vw, 395px" /></p>
<p>remove the top cover.</p>
<p>2<sub>S</sub> Connect one end of the HDD data cable to the SATA interface of the NVR master board Up, and the other end to the HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="312" class="wp-image-1449" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-21.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 21" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 386" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-21.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-21-300x108.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-21-768x275.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-21-810x290.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>3<sub>S</sub> Connect one end of the HDD power cable to the SATA interface of the NVR master board, and the other end to the HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="414" height="311" class="wp-image-1450" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-22.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 22" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 387" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-22.jpeg 414w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-22-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 414px) 100vw, 414px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="416" height="314" class="wp-image-1451" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-23.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 23" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 388" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-23.jpeg 416w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-23-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 416px) 100vw, 416px" /></p>
<p>4<sub>S</sub> Fix the HDD screws on the bottom of the NVR chassis, attach the top</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="312" class="wp-image-1452" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-24.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 24" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 389" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-24.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-24-300x108.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-24-768x275.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-24-810x290.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>cover of the chassis and fix it with screws.</p>
<p>Installation diagrams (2) :</p>
<p>1 Remove the screws on the back of the chassis, remove the top cover,</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="313" class="wp-image-1453" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-25.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 25" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 390" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-25.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-25-300x108.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-25-768x276.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-25-810x291.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>and fix the hard disk to the chassis HDD holder.</p>
<p>2<sub>S</sub> Connect one end of the HDD data cable to the SATA interface of the</p>
<p>NVR master board, and the other end to the HDD.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="312" class="wp-image-1454" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-26.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 26" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 391" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-26.jpeg 415w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-26-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="312" class="wp-image-1455" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-27.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 27" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 392" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-27.jpeg 415w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-27-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /></p>
<p>3<sub>S</sub> Connect the power cable to the hard disk, attach the top cover of the chassis and fix it with screws.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="416" height="313" class="wp-image-1456" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-28.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 28" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 393" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-28.jpeg 416w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-28-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 416px) 100vw, 416px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="416" height="313" class="wp-image-1457" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-29.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 29" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 394" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-29.jpeg 416w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-29-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 416px) 100vw, 416px" /></p>
<p>Installation diagrams (3): (installation of the front HDD) 1 Attach the HDD mounting screws and insert it into the HDD slot on</p>
<p>the front panel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="407" height="228" class="wp-image-1458" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-30.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 30" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 395" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-30.jpeg 407w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-30-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 407px) 100vw, 407px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="408" height="230" class="wp-image-1459" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-31.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 31" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 396" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-31.jpeg 408w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-31-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 408px) 100vw, 408px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Local Configuration and Operation
<ol>
<li>Switch ON/OFF
<ol>
<li><strong>Switch ON</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="45" class="wp-image-1460" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-32.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 32" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 397"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• Make sure to use the power supply required by NVR before</p>
<p>startup, and ensure that the NVR is well grounded.</p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the NVR video output is properly connected to the monitor before startup.</li>
<li>Abnormal power supply will result in malfunctioning of NVR or even damage. It is recommended to use stabilized power supply for power supply.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Connect the power supply and turn on the power switch on the rear panel. The device starts with a &#8220;beep&#8221; sound.</li>
<li>NVR displays the following screen at startup:</li>
</ol>
<p>Tiandy<br />
• * • •</p>
<p><strong>4.1.2. Switch OFF</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="59" class="wp-image-1461" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-33.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 33" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 398"></p>
<p>1. Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt;</p>
<p>&#8221; to enter the logoff interface, as shown in</p>
<p>the figure below.</p>
<p>Logout</p>
<p>Reboot</p>
<p>Shutdown</p>
<ol>
<li>Users can click logoff to restart or shut down system.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="45" class="wp-image-1462" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-34.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 34" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 399"></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Please do not cut off the power supply when the system is displaying &#8220;The system is shutting down&#8230;&#8221;</li>
<li>Do not cut the power supply off when the device is running.
<ol>
<li>Equipment Activation</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>After the device is started, the device can be configured with password and secret protection through device activation to ensure the normal login and password security of the device.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>First, on the password setting interface, enter the password twice, and click Next to enter the next interface.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="536" class="wp-image-1463" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-35.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 35" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 400" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-35.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-35-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-35-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-35-810x502.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>2<sub>S</sub> On the graphic password setting interface, set an unlock pattern, and then automatically enter the password setting interface. ClickPrevious to return to the password setting interface, or click Skip not to set the graphic password.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="536" class="wp-image-1464" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-36.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 36" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 401" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-36.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-36-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-36-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-36-810x502.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>3<sub>S</sub> On the security question setting interface, set the mailbox and security question. You can skip this step directly into the boot wizard. The mailbox and security questions are used for password resetting.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="536" class="wp-image-1465" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-37.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 37" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 402" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-37.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-37-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-37-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-37-810x502.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark2"></a> Boot Wizard</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>After the device is started, the device can be simply configured through the boot wizard to ensure the normal operation of the device.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>First, on the Setup Wizard interface, set the current language and resolution of output device. Click &#8220;Next&#8221; to enter the next interface.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="523" class="wp-image-1466" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-38.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 38" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 403" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-38.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-38-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-38-768x464.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-38-810x490.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>On the Setup Wizard interface , select whether to run the boot wizard. Click &#8220;Yes&#8221; to enter the next interface, &#8220;No&#8221; to skip the boot wizard, or &#8220;Never&#8221; to close the boot wizard. In the third case, the boot wizard will be skipped at the next startup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="523" class="wp-image-1467" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-39.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 39" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 404" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-39.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-39-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-39-768x464.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-39-810x490.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>On the Authentication interface, a user shall log in as administrator</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8220;admin&#8221; for authentication. Click &#8220;OK&#8221; to confirm the account. After</p>
<p>authentication is successful, the boot wizard appears. The device will be locked for 5 minutes if you input the wrong password for 5 consecutive times. Click Cancel to skip the boot wizard.</p>
<p>Permission Identification</p>
<p>Login as Administrator</p>
<p>ID</p>
<p>Password</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="43" class="wp-image-1468" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-40.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 40" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 405"> Confirm</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• Administrator: admin, password: (boot password set in Section 4.2 Device Activation).</p>
<ol>
<li>On the time and time zone setting interface, click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to set the time zone, time format and time; click &#8220;Next&#8221; to enter the next interface; and click &#8220;Exit&#8221; to exit the boot wizard.</li>
</ol>
<p>1 2 3 4 5</p>
<p>Time&amp;Time Zone S&#8230; Network card Server Search Format Disk Mobile Monitoring</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="69" class="wp-image-1469" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-41.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 41" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 406"> (GMT+08:00)Beijing,Urumchi,Singapore</p>
<p>Time Zone</p>
<p>Time Format</p>
<p>Time</p>
<p>yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss</p>
<p>2020-03-13 S 09:05:33</p>
<p>Next [ Exit</p>
<ol>
<li>On the network setting interface, click &#8220;Back&#8221; to return to the previous interface; click &#8220;Next&#8221; to set network parameters and enter the next interface; and click &#8220;Exit&#8221; to exit the boot wizard.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="68" class="wp-image-1470" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-42.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 42" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 407" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-42.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-42-300x43.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p>Polymerization Op&#8230;</p>
<p>Network card</p>
<p>MAC Address</p>
<p>▼ IPv4 setting</p>
<p>IP Address</p>
<p>SubNet Mask</p>
<p>Gateway</p>
<p>Preferred DNS</p>
<p>Reserved DNS</p>
<p>IPv6 setting</p>
<p>Network cardl</p>
<p>I | Auto obtain IP address via DHCP</p>
<p>192.168.15 .34</p>
<p>255.255.255.0</p>
<p>192.168.15 .1</p>
<p>fl Get DNS automatically</p>
<p>8 .8 .8 .8</p>
<p>8 .8 .4 .4</p>
<p>Back j | Next j [ Exit</p>
<ol>
<li>On the server searching interface, you can configure digital channels.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click &#8220;Search&#8221; to search digital channels; click &#8220;Back&#8221; to return to the</p>
<p>previous interface; click &#8220;Next&#8221; to enter the next interface; and click &#8220;Exit&#8221; to exit the boot wizard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="68" class="wp-image-1471" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-43.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 43" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 408" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-43.jpeg 474w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-43-300x43.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p>IP Address</p>
<p>Modify IP</p>
<p>Activated</p>
<p>Protocol</p>
<p>Channel</p>
<p>MAC Address</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="487" class="wp-image-1472" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-44.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 44" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 409" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-44.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-44-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-44-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-44-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>Display</p>
<p>IPv4 v | Al I</p>
<p>&#8220;Next&#8221; to enter the next interface; and click &#8220;Exit&#8221; to exit the boot wizard.</p>
<p>For the non-activated IPC, the NVR password will be used t.</p>
<p>0 Sync password to get reserved information.</p>
<p>Search | | Back | | Next | | Exit</p>
<ol>
<li>On the formatting disk interface, click &#8220;Initialize&#8221; to format the selected disk; click &#8220;Previous&#8221; to return to the previous interface; click</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="48" class="wp-image-1473" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-45.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 45" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 410"></p>
<p><strong>ote:</strong></p>
<p>• The disk must be initialized before recording properly.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the mobile monitoring interface, you can configure control devices on the mobile side. Click &#8220;Back&#8221; to return to the previous interface; click &#8220;Next&#8221; to enter the next interface; and click &#8220;Exit&#8221; to exit the boot wizard.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1474" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-46.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 46" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 411" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-46.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-46-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-46-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-46-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>• Some device models use QQ for mobile monitoring. The real product shall prevail.</p>
<ol>
<li>If there is still a hard disk in the system that has not been formatted, the following message as shown in the figure below will appear. Click &#8220;Execute&#8221; to automatically format the unformatted disks in the system one by one; and click &#8220;Back&#8221; to enter the preview screen directly.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="45" class="wp-image-1475" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-47.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 47" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 412"> Format Disk</p>
<p>Format disk will erase all the data, continue?</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>Confirm</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark4"></a> Cameras
<ol>
<li><strong>Adding Channels from the Shortcut Bar</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Users can easily add an IP channel to the device with one click. If no channel is added, the preview status is shown as below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="381" class="wp-image-1476" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-48.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 48" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 413" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-48.jpeg 676w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-48-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></p>
<p>1<sub>X</sub> On the preview interface, click a channel to display the &#8220;+&#8221; sign, and the server search form appears, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="540" class="wp-image-1477" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-49.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 49" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 414" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-49.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-49-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-49-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-49-810x506.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• A channel is added with default port, username and password; if not, you can choose &#8220;Custom Add&#8221;.</p>
<ol>
<li>After the search is completed, double-click the search list or select the channel and click &#8220;Add&#8221; to complete the addition.</li>
<li>Users itself can also configure parameters to add digital channels. Click &#8220;Customized Adding&#8221; to display the &#8220;Customized Adding&#8221; form, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="669" class="wp-image-1478" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-50.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 50" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 415" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-50.jpeg 868w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-50-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-50-768x592.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-50-810x624.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the IP address, port number, user name, password and other information of the front end.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="43" class="wp-image-1479" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-51.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 51" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 416"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• If it is the local channel of PSE-NVR and there is no connection, the add method of the PSE channel will automatically be changed to manual add after fast addition. The plug&amp;play function is enabled by default for the POE port of the PSE series NVR. Please do not connect it to the LAN; otherwise, IP addressed of other devices in the LAN will be automatically modified.</p>
<p><strong>4.4.2 Adding Digital Channels Using Regular Methods</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Cameras -&gt; Channels -&gt; Basic Configuration&#8221; to</li>
</ol>
<p>enter the channel configuration interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1480" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-52.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 52" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 417" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-52.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-52-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-52-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-52-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1481" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-53.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 53" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 418"></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>This page displays different tabs for different device models.</li>
<li>After addition is complete, you can check the results in the added device list.</li>
<li>Click connect status O to directly preview the video of this channel.</li>
<li>When the connection status displays an exclamation point, move</li>
</ul>
<p>the mouse over the * icon to show the cause of the</p>
<p>connection failure.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click &#8220;search&#8221; to begin searching. Search results are automatically sorted by IP address. You can modify the IP front end in the search results list. Click <em>f</em> to display the modify IP interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="669" class="wp-image-1482" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-54.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 54" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 419" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-54.jpeg 868w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-54-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-54-768x592.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-54-810x624.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the IP channel to add from the search list, click &#8220;Add&#8221; or double-click the mouse, and the IP device will be added to the idle</li>
</ol>
<p>channel of NVR. You can add multiple IP channels. The channel search is shown as below.</p>
<p>PTZ Setting <sup>Added Devices</sup></p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Channel</th>
<th>Name</th>
<th>Connect S&#8230;</th>
<th>Edit</th>
<th>Delete</th>
<th>Enable</th>
<th>Attribute</th>
<th colspan="2">Protocol</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□ 01</td>
<td>Channel 1</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Z</strong></td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>0.0.0.0 : 01</td>
<td>Private</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>02</td>
<td>Channel 2</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>z</strong></td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>0.0.0.0 : 01</td>
<td>Private</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>03</td>
<td>Channel 3</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>z</strong></td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>0.0.0.0 : 01</td>
<td>Private</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ 04</td>
<td>Channel 4</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>z</strong></td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>0.0.0.0 : 01</td>
<td>Private</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ 05</td>
<td>Channel 5</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>z</strong></td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>0.0.0.0 : 01</td>
<td>Private</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ 06</td>
<td>Channel 6</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>z</strong></td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>0.0.0.0 : 01</td>
<td>Private</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>QO?</td>
<td>Channel 7</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>/’</strong></td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td><strong>c9</strong></td>
<td>0.0.0.0 : 01</td>
<td>Private</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>□o</td>
<td><strong>H</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>s</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Channels</td>
<td rowspan="2">Basic Configuration</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stream Setting</td>
<td>Config</td>
<td>IPC Central Management</td>
<td>POE power Information</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="8"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Three Smarts Sett&#8230;</td>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td></td>
<td>Modify IP</td>
<td>Activated Added</td>
<td>Protocol</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>□ 192.168.1.2</td>
<td></td>
<td>✓</td>
<td>x/</td>
<td>Private</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>3C:DA:6D:5C:46:DD</td>
<td>-N</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Setting</td>
<td>□ ’192.168.3.10</td>
<td></td>
<td>/</td>
<td>x/</td>
<td>Private</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>00:50:C2:84:3D:F7</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>OSD</td>
<td>□ ’192.168.3.11</td>
<td></td>
<td>/</td>
<td>x/</td>
<td>Private</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>00:50:C2:8F:31:DA</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>□ ’192.168.3.12</td>
<td></td>
<td>/</td>
<td>x/</td>
<td>Private</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>00:50:C2:8F:31:D9</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Motion</td>
<td>□ 192.168.15.65</td>
<td></td>
<td>/</td>
<td>x/</td>
<td>Private</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>00:50:C2:28:lD:99</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Mask Alarm</td>
<td>□ 192.168.15.74</td>
<td></td>
<td>/</td>
<td>x/</td>
<td>Private</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>00:50:C2:28:6A:60</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>□ 192.168.15.113</td>
<td></td>
<td>/</td>
<td></td>
<td>Private</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>00:50:C2:25:lD:CC</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Input</td>
<td>□ 192.168.15.114</td>
<td></td>
<td>/</td>
<td></td>
<td>Private</td>
<td>1</td>
<td>00:50:C2:28:lD:57</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Video Loss Search I Add Quick Add I Customized&#8230; □ Enable S+(first access I&#8230; Display IPv4 v All</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bandwidth Remain</td>
<td></td>
<td>□ Bandwidth Balance</td>
<td>Back</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li>When adding an inactive IPC, an activation pop-up window will</li>
</ol>
<p>appear as shown in the figure below. Check the &#8220;Synchronize</p>
<p>information retained for retrieving the password&#8221;, the retained</p>
<p>information will be synchronized to the front end and activated.</p>
<p>For the non-actlvated IPC, the NVR pas&#8230;</p>
<p>Sync password to get re&#8230;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="64" height="41" class="wp-image-1483" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-55.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 55" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 420"></p>
<p>• If the add method for PSE-NVR&#8217;s digital channel is plug and play,</p>
<p>then this channel is busy.</p>
<p><strong>Customized Adding</strong></p>
<p>1 On the Channel Config -&gt; Basic Configuration interface, click</p>
<p>&#8220;Custom Add&#8221; to enter the digital channel interface; when device type</p>
<p>is private protocol, proceed as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="668" class="wp-image-1484" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-56.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 56" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 421" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-56.jpeg 868w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-56-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-56-768x591.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-56-810x623.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p>2<sub>S</sub> Select the channel number to add, check Enable, and select the connection mode according to the device type. When device type is RTSP, proceed as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="668" class="wp-image-1485" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-57.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 57" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 422" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-57.jpeg 868w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-57-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-57-768x591.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-57-810x623.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p>When device type is ONVIF, proceed as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="669" class="wp-image-1486" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-58.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 58" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 423" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-58.jpeg 868w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-58-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-58-768x592.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-58-810x624.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>After entering the IP address or URL address and username and password of the front-end device, click &#8220;OK&#8221; to add a digital channel. Repeat this operation to add other digital channels.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="43" class="wp-image-1487" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-59.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 59" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 424"></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If the device to add is a multi-channel NVR, you can select the channel number to add from &#8220;Channels&#8221;, and also can add multiple channels for one NVR at a time.</li>
<li>Continue adding, batch adding, adding according to the add rule and target channel, and skipping the current channel if the</li>
</ul>
<p>current channel is included in the target channel. If the IP address</p>
<p>is ascending, the last bit of IP, after 255, will not be incremented.</p>
<ul>
<li>When device type is ONVIF, the port number defaults to 80, and the username and password default to admin. The login account and password may vary from manufacturer to manufacturer, which needs to be modified according to the actual situations.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>4.4.3 Adding POE Camera </strong>1 On the Channel Config -&gt; Basic Configuration interface, click <em>f</em> in</p>
<p>the added device list or double-click a PSE channel to enter the digital</p>
<p>channel interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="872" height="199" class="wp-image-1488" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-60.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 60" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 425" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-60.jpeg 872w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-60-300x68.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-60-768x175.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-60-810x185.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 872px) 100vw, 872px" /></p>
<p>2<sub>S</sub> A PSE channel can be added by means of “Plug &amp; Play” and “Manual Add”:</p>
<ol>
<li>If &#8220;Manual Add&#8221; is selected, the device shall be connected to the network interconnected with IP channels. Other configuration methods are the same as adding ordinary digital channels.</li>
<li>If &#8220;Plug &amp; Play&#8221; is selected, the front end to add shall be connected to the device&#8217;s independent POE-powered Ethernet port. The device will</li>
</ol>
<p>complete the connection automatically.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Quick Add</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In order to allow users to quickly add devices, users can choose to enable the &#8220;Quick Add&#8221; function to add channels. In this mode, the device will be automatically searched and added to the digital channel.</p>
<p><strong>^Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The “Quick Add” function will automatically search for IPC and add it to the idle channel. Please pay due attention when using it.</li>
<li>The PSE device channel list cannot be removed manually.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Configuration Management</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Users can import and export all channel parameter configurations through configuration management.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Cameras-&gt;Channels -&gt; Config&#8221; to enter the configuration management interface. If a mobile storage device is connected, clicking Export can export all channel configuration parameters, which are saved as .xls format file. Users can manually edit exported parameters on the computer and use them as input parameters, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1489" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-61.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 61" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 426" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-61.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-61-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-61-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-61-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Importing contents contained in the exported .xls file shall meet the following formats.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="871" height="151" class="wp-image-1490" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-62.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 62" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 427" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-62.jpeg 871w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-62-300x52.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-62-768x133.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-62-810x140.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 871px) 100vw, 871px" /></p>
<p>Wherein:</p>
<ol>
<li>In &#8220;Enable &#8220;, 0: channel not enabled, 1: channel enabled;</li>
<li>In &#8220;Chn Type &#8220;, 0: main stream, 1: secondary stream, 2: picture stream;</li>
<li>In &#8220;Net Mode &#8220;, 1: TCP, 2: UDP, 3: multicast;</li>
<li>In &#8220;Connect Mode &#8220;, 0: IP, 1: domain name, 2: active mode;</li>
<li>In &#8220;Preview Mode &#8220;, 0: tiled on the display area, 1: wide-screen proportional display is maintained.</li>
<li>Exported .xls files can be edited with Office 2003 and above and imported into the device.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>IPC Central Management</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>The centralized management function of IPC allows users to import and export parameters of the added front-end devices, upgrade them remotely, and restart IPC.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Cameras -&gt; Channels -&gt;IPC Central</li>
</ol>
<p>Management&#8221; to enter the IPC centralized management interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1491" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-63.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 63" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 428" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-63.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-63-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-63-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-63-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>• The interface can display the channel number, property, version</p>
<p>number and connection status of the added front-end device,and allow perform cloud upgrade, parameter import and export, remote upgrade, IPC restart and other operations.</p>
<ol>
<li>Configuration Import/Export</li>
<li>Select the front end to operate from the added device list.</li>
</ol>
<p>(2) Click &#8220;B&#8221;</p>
<p>to display the configuration import prompt box, as</p>
<p>shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="45" class="wp-image-1492" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-64.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 64" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 429"> Configuration Import</p>
<p>Import parameters can lead to reboot of front terminal IPC, whether to continue?</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>Confirm</p>
<p>(3) Click &#8220;ok&#8221; to enter the configuration import interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p>(4) Select the configuration file and click &#8220;Import&#8221; to quickly import</p>
<p>the configuration into the front-end device.</p>
<p>(5) Export the front-end configuration parameters, and click</p>
<p>&#8220;B&#8221; to</p>
<p>display the configuration export interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p>Configuration Export</p>
<p>Export to</p>
<p>File name</p>
<p>USB1-1</p>
<p>Export</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="523" class="wp-image-1493" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-65.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 65" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 430" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-65.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-65-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-65-768x464.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-65-810x490.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the storage device, fill in the name of the export file and click &#8220;Export&#8221; to export the front-end configuration. The prompt form pops up after export is successful, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p>Export Successed</p>
<p>Config file exported.</p>
<p>Confirm</p>
<ol>
<li>Remote Upgrade and IPC Restart</li>
<li>Select the channel to upgrade or restart from the added device</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="54" class="wp-image-1494" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-66.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 66" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 431"> list.</p>
<p>(2) Click &#8221;</p>
<p>&#8221; to display the IPC Upgrade interface, as shown in the</p>
<p>figure below.</p>
<p>IPC Upgrade</p>
<p>Upgrade file list 3.box uuu.box</p>
<p>Refresh</p>
<p>Upgrade</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1495" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-67.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 67" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 432"></p>
<p>(5) Click &#8221;</p>
<p>(4) Click &#8221;</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the configuration file to upgrade, and click &#8220;Upgrade&#8221; to complete the IPC upgrade.</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8221; to remotely restart the selected device.</p>
<p>&#8221; to display the Restore Defaults prompt box, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p>(6) Clicking “OK” and selecting IPC will restore defaults and restart</p>
<p>IPC.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="563" class="wp-image-1496" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-68.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 68" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 433" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-68.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-68-300x195.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-68-768x500.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-68-810x527.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>(7) Click &#8220;D&#8221;</p>
<p>to display the Cloud Upgrade prompt box, as shown in</p>
<p>the picture below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="523" class="wp-image-1497" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-69.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 69" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 434" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-69.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-69-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-69-768x464.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-69-810x490.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Import Broadcast/Start Broadcast</li>
<li>Click Import Broadcast to display the IPC Upgrade interface, as</li>
</ol>
<p>shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="522" class="wp-image-1498" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-70.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 70" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 435" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-70.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-70-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-70-768x464.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-70-810x489.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the configuration file to upgrade, and click &#8220;Upgrade&#8221; to complete the IPC upgrade.</li>
<li>After the upgrade is completed, click the Start Broadcast button to the Start Broadcast prompt box, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="39" class="wp-image-1499" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-71.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 71" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 436"> Start broadcasting</p>
<p>This operation will activate all the IPC alarm sound, continue or not?</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>Confirm</p>
<ol>
<li>Click OK, and all IPCs will begin to play the imported audio.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>POE Power Information</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>This function is available in the PSE series NVRs while unavailable in other models.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Cameras -&gt; Channels -&gt;POE Power Infomation&#8221; to enter the POE power information display interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1500" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-72.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 72" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 437"></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Channels</p>
<p>Stream Setting</p>
<p>Three Smarts Sett&#8230;</p>
<p>Video Setting</p>
<p>OSD</p>
<p>Motion</p>
<p>Mask Alarm</p>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<p>Video Loss</p>
<p>PTZ Setting</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>E</th>
<th>a</th>
<th></th>
<th>iki</th>
<th>□3</th>
<th>H</th>
<th><strong>E</strong></th>
<th>s</th>
<th><strong>X</strong></th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Basic Configuration Config IPC Central Management POE power information</p>
<p>Instruction: check the check box of corresponding channel to use long-distance network cable, while uncheck it to use short-distanc&#8230;</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>□ Select All □ 01</p>
<p>□ 02</th>
<th>□ 03</p>
<p>□ 04</th>
<th>□ 05</p>
<p>□ 06</th>
<th>□ 07</p>
<p>□ 08</th>
<th>□ 09</p>
<p>□ 10</th>
<th>□ n</p>
<p>□ 12</th>
<th>□ 13</p>
<p>□ 14</th>
<th>□ is</p>
<p>□ 16</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>01: 0W</td>
<td>03: 0W</td>
<td>05: 0W</td>
<td>07: 0W</td>
<td>09: 0W</td>
<td>11: 0W</td>
<td>13: 0W</td>
<td>15: 0W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a</td>
<td>Ci</td>
<td>Ci</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>Ci</td>
<td>Ci</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>02: 0W</td>
<td>04: 0W</td>
<td>06: 0W</td>
<td>08: 0W</td>
<td>10: 0W</td>
<td>12: 0W</td>
<td>14: 0W</td>
<td>16: 0W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a</td>
<td>Ci</td>
<td>Ci</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>Ci</td>
<td>Ci</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>a</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Actual Power:</td>
<td>o.oow</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Surplus Power:</td>
<td></td>
<td>200.00W</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Notice:</p>
<ol>
<li>Device POE rated power is200.0W.</li>
<li>Each POE port power range:0~30W.</li>
<li>When actual power exceed rated power, system will close POE port by port number by descending, till the actual power go lower than rated power.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>&#8221; /!&#8221; means that the POE port is normally powered, and &#8221; ■ &#8221; means that the port is not connected to a camera or powered normally.</p>
<p>• Above the &#8220;?&#8221; port is the real time power information of the POE port.</p>
<p>Please refer to the interface for POE power notes.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Code Setting</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Cameras -&gt; Stream Setting&#8221; to enter the code setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>□3</td>
<td><strong>H</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>s</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Channels</p>
<p>Stream Setting</p>
<p>Three Smarts Sett&#8230;</p>
<p>Video Setting</p>
<p>OSD</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Audio/Video Parameter ROI</p>
<p>Channel |[17]Channel 1 v~] [schedule | Bl Enable Substream</p>
<p>Encoding H.265 v<sup>&#8211;</sup>1 Qs+ H.265 x7 | | g+</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="8">Motion</p>
<p>Mask Alarm</p>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<p>Video Loss</p>
<p>PTZ Setting</td>
<td rowspan="8"></td>
<td>Resolution (1080P)1920xl080</td>
<td>0 Corridor Mode (4CIF)704xS76(PAL)/704&#215;480(NTSC v</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>FrameRate 25 v</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>BitRate Type CBR xz</td>
<td>VBR xz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>BitRate 2048 x/</td>
<td>(32~16384Kbps) l<sub>10</sub>24 &gt;7 (32~16384Kbps)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>StreamType Audio/Video v</td>
<td>Audio/Video [</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">More setting&#8230; [</p>
<p>Copy To Channel [All x/ | [ Copy Refresh Back</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Audio/Video Parameter</strong></p>
<p>Select the channel to set and set audio and video parameters:</p>
<ul>
<li>Channel: select the channel where you want to set parameters. There are four types of video compression parameters: main stream (normal), main stream (alarm), custom 1, and custom 2.</li>
<li>Encoding: The system supports H.264 and H.265 encoding, and high profile, main profile and baseline encoding methods are available.</li>
<li>S+: S+ will display and distinguish the main and secondary streams according to whether it is supported by the front end. After S+ is turned on, compression mode, video quality, I frame rate and key areas will not be available. Some front ends also support mutual exclusion of S+ and intelligent analysis. When S+ is turned on, the intelligent analysis will be turned off.</li>
<li>Resolution: Sets the resolution of the front-end device.</li>
<li>Corridor Mode: Enables the corridor mode when resolution is 16:9 (for example, 1080P). When corridor mode is enabled, the resolution of the video is adjusted to 9:16.</li>
<li>FrameRate: Video frame rate refers to the number of video frames per second that can be selected or edited from a drop-down list.</li>
<li>BitRate Type: variable bitrate and fixed bitrate. The variable bitrate will change according to the scenario, and the fixed bitrate will be coded according to the set bitrate as far as possible.</li>
<li>BitRate: Can be selected or edited from the drop-down box, range: 32-16384Kbps.</li>
<li>Stream type: The composite type provides two options: &#8220;Pure Video&#8221; and &#8220;Audio Video&#8221;. &#8220;Audio Video&#8221; means containing video and audio information, while &#8220;Pure Video&#8221; contains only video information.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;More&#8221; to display the image quality, I frame rate, audio encoding, audio control type, and input volume setting options.</li>
<li>Quality: 5 options including best, better, good, average, poor. Image quality is proportional to the bitrate. The better the image quality is, the higher the bitrate is.</li>
<li>I-Frame Interval: I frame, also known as key frame, One I frame is contained in several video frames. If I frame rate is 100, there is one I frame in every 100 frames of video. I frame rate inversely proportional to the bitrate. The higher the I frame rate is, the smaller the bit rate is. It is recommended that the I frame rate be the same as frame rate.</li>
<li>Audio: The system provides 3 audio encoding modes: ADPCM_D(ADPCM_DIV4), G.711A and G.711U. Three audio sampling rates of 8K, 32K and 48K are also provided.</li>
<li>Audio Type: Audio control type used by the front end: Lineln and MicIn.</li>
<li>Input volume: The input volume of the corresponding channel, ranging from 0 to 100.</li>
<li>Audio output type: Laser-enabled devices also support the selection of audio output type, including built-in speaker, external audio source and off. When a built-in speaker is selected, you can adjust the output volume.</li>
<li>The secondary stream can be set separately. For setting methods, refer to the main stream.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1501" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-73.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 73" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 438"></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>When bitrate type is selected as &#8220;fixed bitrate&#8221;, the image quality is unavailable.</li>
<li>Secondary stream parameters are used for network transmission. When the network environment is not very good, users can use the secondary stream for preview and storage to reduce the bandwidth. In addition, the secondary stream is also suitable for mobile monitoring.</li>
<li>For corridor mode, this should be supported by the front-end IPC.</li>
<li>Coding parameter templates vary with different front-end IPCs.</li>
<li>Click the More button to display or hide the setting options under the button.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>ROI</strong></p>
<p>The focus area can be set here after a front-end that supports it is connected. The image displayed in the focus area is of higher quality.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the property page of the focus area, as shown in the figure</li>
</ol>
<p>below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="486" class="wp-image-1502" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-74.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 74" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 439" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-74.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-74-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-74-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-74-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Check &#8220;Area Setting&#8221; to enable this function. Press and hold the left mouse button and drag over the video to set the focus area. Up to four focus areas are supported. Click &#8220;Delete Area&#8221; to delete all the focus areas that have been set.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>4.4.9 Video Setting</strong></p>
<p>In order to obtain a good visual effect, users can adjust video parameters of the front-end according to the scenario, and the adjusted parameters will apply to local preview, video recording, network preview, etc.</p>
<p>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Cameras -&gt; Video Setting&#8221; to enter the HD parameters interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1503" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-75.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 75" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 440" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-75.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-75-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-75-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-75-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>HD parameters</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the channel to set.</li>
<li>Set system, video rotation, mode and other parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1504" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-76.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 76" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 441"></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Brightness, contrast, saturation and chroma can be adjusted between 0-100.</li>
<li>The shutter speed is adjustable between 1/100000 &#8211; 1. The higher the set value is, the faster the response is.</li>
<li>Auto gain is adjustable between 0 and 100.</li>
<li>Ultra-wide tendency policy has three options: Off, Auto and Manual. The ultra wide tendency rating is displayed when the Ultra wide tendency policy is not turned off, and the value is adjustable between 0 and 100.</li>
<li>Image enhancement includes image style, indoor and outdoor modes, digital noise reduction and noise reduction level. Image style includes adaptive, natural, bright, soft and sharp; Indoor and outdoor modes include indoor and outdoor; Digital noise reduction has three options: Off, Normal and Expert. When the normal mode is selected, the noise reduction level option is displayed, and the value is adjustable from 0 to 100. When the expert mode is selected, there will be the space-domain noise reduction level and the time-domain noise reduction level options, and the value is adjustable from 0 to 100.</li>
<li>White balance has options including automatic, semi-automatic, sunny day, fluorescent lamp, warm light, incandescent lamp, natural light, lock and manual. Manual and semi-automatic can be the value between 0 and 50.</li>
<li>The Copy to Channel function can be used to copy the set parameters.</li>
<li>Use the mouse wheel to adjust video input parameters, or you and Q icons to increase or decrease the value.</li>
</ul>
<p>can also click lU</p>
<ol>
<li>After setting, click &#8220;apply&#8221; to save setting parameters.</li>
<li>Restore Defaults is to allow the camera directly to restore the defaults of all parameters on this page.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>High-definition template</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the channel for the HD template you want to set.</li>
<li>HD templates are divided into indoor, outdoor, sports, wide</li>
</ol>
<p>tendency, low light, high light, bright, custom, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Channels</p>
<p>Stream Setting</p>
<p>Three Smarts Sett&#8230;</p>
<p>Video Setting</p>
<p>OSD</p>
<p>Motion</p>
<p>Mask Alarm</p>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<p>Video Loss</p>
<p>PTZ Setting</p>
<p>EaztoiiiioHESX</p>
<p>Playback Backup Alert Ma&#8230; VCA Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230; System &#8230; 0 0</p>
<p>Image Set High-definition template</p>
<p>Channel</p>
<p>Day</p>
<p>Night</p>
<p>D/N Set</p>
<p>[17]Channel 1</p>
<p>Outdoor</p>
<p>Outdoor</p>
<p>Reset To Def&#8230; j j | | Back</p>
<p><strong>D/N Set</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the channel where you want to set Color to Black.</li>
<li>Color to Black types are divided into color, black and white, timer, inter-sync, exter-sync, day and night and adaptive.</li>
<li>Timer is shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1505" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-77.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 77" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 442" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-77.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-77-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-77-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-77-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1506" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-78.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 78" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 443"></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Daylight hours and dark hours can be set to a time range of 00:00-23:59, and the dark hours must be later than dawn time.</li>
<li>The Color to Black mode depends on the front end.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1507" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-79.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 79" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 444" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-79.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-79-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-79-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-79-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>4<sub>X</sub> Exter-sync is shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="34" height="36" class="wp-image-1508" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-80.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 80" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 445"></p>
<p><strong>otes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Daytime and night brightness values can be adjusted from 0 to</li>
</ul>
<p>100, or you can click the o and icons to increase or</p>
<p>decrease the value. E3</p>
<ul>
<li>The Color to Black delay and Black to Color delay can be adjusted</li>
</ul>
<p>between 0 and 120s.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1509" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-81.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 81" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 446" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-81.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-81-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-81-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-81-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1510" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-82.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 82" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 447"></p>
<p>5<sub>X</sub> Inter-sync is shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Daytime and night brightness values can be adjusted from 0 to</li>
</ul>
<p>100, or you can click the s or Q icon to increase or decrease</p>
<p>the value.</p>
<ul>
<li>The Color to Black delay and Black to Color delay can be adjusted</li>
</ul>
<p>between 0 and 120s.</p>
<p>6<sub>X</sub> The day and night mode is shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="486" class="wp-image-1511" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-83.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 83" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 448" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-83.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-83-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-83-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-83-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1512" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-84.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 84" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 449"></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The day and night mode includes automatic, daytime and nighttime.</li>
<li>The sensitivity is divided into high, medium and low.</li>
</ul>
<p>7. The adaptive mode is shown in the figure below</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1513" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-85.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 85" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 450" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-85.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-85-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-85-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-85-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1514" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-86.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 86" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 451"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Day/night brightness values can be adjusted from 1 to 100.</li>
<li>The effective delay time for Color to Black/Black to Color is 0-120 seconds.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>4.4.10. OSD</strong></p>
<p>1. Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt;Cameras -&gt;OSD &#8221; to enter the OSD overlay parameter setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1515" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-87.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 87" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 452" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-87.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-87-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-87-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-87-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>OSD Overlay</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the channel to be set OSD.</li>
<li>Set OSD for the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>To change the OSD position of the channel, check the custom position, and directly drag the mouse OSD box to set it.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1516" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-88.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 88" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 453"></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<p>• OSD overlay includes channel name, date, week day, 12-hour system, date format, time format, OSD color, background color, etc.</p>
<p><strong>Video Occlusion</strong></p>
<p>The video occlusion function can occlude some key areas on the video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="483" class="wp-image-1517" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-89.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 89" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 454" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-89.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-89-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-89-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-89-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p>1. Select the channel to set video occlusion.</p>
<p>2. Drag the mouse to set the video occlusion area.</p>
<p><strong>PTZ Privacy Mask</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1518" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-90.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 90" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 455" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-90.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-90-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-90-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-90-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>1. Select the channel to set dynamic privacy occlusion.</p>
<ol>
<li>Control the PTZ via the shortcut PTZ control panel to switch to the screen you want to occlude.</li>
<li>Drag the mouse to set the video occlusion area and click &#8220;Add Area&#8221;.</li>
<li>The added area is shown in the list on the right. Click &#8220;Delete Area&#8221; to delete areas.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>NO</em> Note:</strong></p>
<p>• This section applies to a front-end IPC that supports this</p>
<p>functionality.</p>
<p><strong>4.4.11 Motion </strong>1. Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Cameras-&gt; Motion&#8221; to enter the motion</p>
<p>detection setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="486" class="wp-image-1519" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-91.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 91" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 456" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-91.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-91-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-91-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-91-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>2. Select the channel to set motion detection.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the motion detection arming time, detection area and sensitivity, as follows:</li>
<li>Check &#8220;Enable&#8221;.</li>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Deployment Time&#8221; to set the motion detection arming time.</li>
<li>Draw the area to be detected on the video of the channel with the mouse.</li>
<li>Adjust the sensitivity on the sensitivity slider. The higher the sensitivity value is, the more sensitive the motion detection is.</li>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Linkage Setting&#8221; to set the motion detection and alarm linkage.</li>
<li>Alarm linkage voice prompt, screen display, sending email, linkage video, linkage output, linkage snapshot, linkage text preplan, linkage single screen and linkage double light are available for setting.</li>
<li>After setting, parameters of other channels can be copied.</li>
</ol>
<p>5<sub>S</sub> Click “Apply” to save the settings parameters.</p>
<p>J <strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• Double lights can be linked after front end devices supporting</p>
<p>double lights are connected.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>. Mask Alarm</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>1 Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Cameras -&gt; Mask Alarm&#8221; to enter the occlusion</p>
<p>alarm interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1520" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-92.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 92" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 457" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-92.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-92-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-92-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-92-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>2<sub>X</sub> Select the channel to set video occlusion.</p>
<p>3<sub>X</sub> Check &#8220;Handle Video Occlusion&#8221; to process the occlusion alarm.</p>
<p>4<sub>X</sub> Select &#8220;Linkage Setting&#8221;. When an alarm occurs, you can link voice prompt, screen display, sending email, linkage video, linkage output, linkage snapshot, linkage text preplan, and linkage single screen, etc.</p>
<p>5<sub>X</sub> After setting, you can copy the parameters from other channels. Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the set parameters.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Alarm Input</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>By setting alarm inputs, when input alarm occurs in the front-end IPC, the NVR device can be linked to provide prompt, video, etc.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt;Cameras -&gt; Alarm Input&#8221; to enter the alarm input setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="205" class="wp-image-1521" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-93.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 93" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 458" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-93.jpeg 621w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-93-300x99.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /></p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th><strong>Tiandy</strong></th>
<th>E</th>
<th>a</th>
<th></th>
<th>iki</th>
<th>□3</th>
<th>H</th>
<th></th>
<th>s</th>
<th>X</th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Channels</p>
<p>Stream Setting</p>
<p>Three Smarts Sett&#8230;</p>
<p>Video Setting</p>
<p>OSD</p>
<p>Motion</p>
<p>Mask Alarm</p>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<p>Video Loss</p>
<p>PTZ Setting</p>
<p>Input Port No.</p>
<p>Input Port Alias</p>
<p>Circuit Type</p>
<p>Remote Alarm Input 2</p>
<p>Remote Alarm Input 2</p>
<p>Normally open</p>
<p>1 □ Enable</p>
<p>Deployment time Linkage setting</p>
<p>Copy To Port <sub>AN</sub> v I Copy</p>
<p>I Apply | Q Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the input port number to set.</li>
<li>Select Annunciator Type.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>nO</em> Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Normally-open alarm: active when the alarm input port for the</li>
</ul>
<p>front-end IPC is closed.</p>
<ul>
<li>Normally-closed alarm: active when the alarm input port for the front-end IPC is open.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Check &#8220;Handle Alarm Input&#8221; to set the arming time of alarm input.</li>
<li>Enter &#8220;Linkage Setting&#8221; to set alarm linkage.</li>
<li>Options include alarm linkage voice prompt, screen display, sending email, linkage video, linkage output, linkage snapshot, linkage PTZ, linkage text preplan, linkage single screen, etc.</li>
<li>After setting, parameters of other channels can be copied.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the settings.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Video Loss</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Set the video loss alarm. When video loss occurs in a channel, it is linked to the NVR device for prompt, recording, etc.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Cameras -&gt; Video Loss&#8221; to enter the video loss setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="205" class="wp-image-1522" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-94.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 94" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 459" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-94.jpeg 621w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-94-300x99.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="74" height="20" class="wp-image-1523" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-95.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 95" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 460"></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Channels</p>
<p>Stream Setting</p>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>B</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<p>iid</p>
<p>VCA</p>
<p>[01]Channel IChannel IChannel IC&#8217;/</p>
<p>Q H</p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230;</p>
<p>E 3 X</p>
<p>Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230; System &#8230;</p>
<p>Three Smarts Sett&#8230;</p>
<p>Video Setting</p>
<p>OSD</p>
<p>Motion</p>
<p>Mask Alarm</p>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<p>Video Loss</p>
<p>PTZ Setting</p>
<p>Deployment time Linkage setting</p>
<p>0 Enable</p>
<p>Copy To</p>
<p>Copy</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the channel to set video loss.</li>
<li>Check &#8220;Handle Video Loss&#8221; and set the arming time for video loss.</li>
<li>Enter &#8220;Linkage Setting&#8221; to set alarm linkage.</li>
<li>Options include alarm linkage voice prompt, screen display, sending email, linkage video, linkage output, linkage snapshot, linkage PTZ, linkage text preplan, linkage single screen, etc.</li>
<li>After setting, parameters of other channels can be copied.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the settings.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>PTZ Setting</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Set the PTZ control protocol and serial port property for a channel.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Cameras -&gt; PTZ Setting&#8221; to enter the PTZ</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="460" class="wp-image-1524" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-96.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 96" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 461" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-96.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-96-300x160.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-96-768x410.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-96-810x432.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="328" height="249" class="wp-image-1525" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-97.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 97" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 462" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-97.jpeg 328w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-97-300x228.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 328px) 100vw, 328px" /></p>
<p>setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the channel to set.</li>
<li>Select the PTZ control protocol, address and serial port of the channel. Once the setup is complete, parameters of other channels can be copied.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>NO</em> Note:</strong></p>
<p>• Users can customize the serial port properties to set the baud rate, data bit, stop bit and check bit of the serial port, and choose to copy these set parameters to other channels after setting.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Three Smarts Setting</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For the three smarts camera, the intelligent three smarts setting can be used to carry out motion detection.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Cameras -&gt; Three Smarts Setting&#8221; to enter the basic setting page, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1526" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-98.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 98" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 463" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-98.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-98-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-98-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-98-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the channel to set motion detection to set the sensitivity, and select to enable intelligent coding, intelligent image and intelligent alarm. Click the Apply button.</li>
<li>Set the motion detection area, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="457" class="wp-image-1527" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-99.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 99" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 464" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-99.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-99-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-99-768x403.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-99-810x425.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="317" height="255" class="wp-image-1528" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-100.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 100" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 465" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-100.jpeg 317w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-100-300x241.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 317px) 100vw, 317px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Set the arming time as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tia ndy</strong></p>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<p>iki</p>
<p>VCA</p>
<p>Cameras</p>
<p><strong>H E S X</strong></p>
<p>Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230; System &#8230;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="585" height="205" class="wp-image-1529" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-101.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 101" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 466" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-101.jpeg 585w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-101-300x105.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 585px) 100vw, 585px" /></p>
<p>Channels</p>
<p>Stream Setting</p>
<p>Three Smarts Sett&#8230;</p>
<p>Video Setting</p>
<p>OSD</p>
<p>Motion</p>
<p>Mask Alarm</p>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<p>Video Loss</p>
<p>PTZ Setting</p>
<p>Basic Configuration Smart Alarm Parameter</p>
<p>Channel [06]Channel 1</p>
<p>Area Setting Deployment time Linkage setting</p>
<p>Copy To</p>
<p>Copy</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Linkage Setting&#8221; to set the motion detection alarm linkage,</li>
</ol>
<p>as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1530" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-102.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 102" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 467" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-102.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-102-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-102-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-102-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Options include alarm linkage voice prompt, screen display, sending email, linkage video, linkage output, linkage snapshot, linkage text preplan, linkage single screen, etc.</li>
<li>After setting, parameters of other channels can be copied.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>4.5 Preview</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Interface Status</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the preview interface, the video recording and alarm status of each channel can be distinguished by the icon on the upper right of each channel. For description of preview status, please refer to the table below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Status Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>£</strong></td>
<td>Alarm (including motion detection alarm, video occlusion alarm, port alarm, video loss alarm, intelligent analysis alarm, etc.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[reg]</td>
<td>Video recording (including timer, manual and various types of alarm linkage videos)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Face recognition: This channel has enabled face recognition</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>M[reg]</td>
<td>The channel is recording and an alarm occurs</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>4.5.2 Task Bar Menu</strong></p>
<p>In preview state, the task bar allows for preview screen switch, preview setting, output mode, alarm clearing, alarm information viewing, network setting, mobile monitoring, time setting and other operations, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="65" class="wp-image-1531" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-103.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 103" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 468" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-103.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-103-300x23.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-103-768x58.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-103-810x61.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Taskbar diagram of main port</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="66" class="wp-image-1532" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-104.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 104" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 469"></p>
<p>Taskbar diagram of auxiliary port</p>
<p>Descriptions of main port taskbar items</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Main Menu</td>
<td>Enter the system Main Menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Single screen</td>
<td>Select a channel from the drop-down menu to switch between single screens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Multi-screen</td>
<td>Change the preview mode with the drop-down menu option.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Custom preview</td>
<td>Directly apply the specific preview screen number and scene configuration previously set by the user. For settings, see &#8220;Preview Setting -&gt; Custom Preview Interface Description&#8221;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Previous</td>
<td>Switch to the previous screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Next</td>
<td>Switch to the next screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start switching</td>
<td>Continuously switch to the next screen according to the preview settings and start from the first screen when you reach the last screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Output mode</td>
<td>Options include standard, soft, bright, highlight.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auxiliary port</td>
<td>Mouse operation changes from main port to auxiliary port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm clearing</td>
<td>Clear all current alarms in the system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</p>
<p>information</td>
<td>Check abnormal alarms and regular alarms.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network setting</td>
<td>Enter the network setting screen. (An alarm will be generated when IP conflicts and the network disconnects)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mobile</p>
<p>monitoring</td>
<td>Download the mobile monitoring client and QR code for the connecting device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time setting</td>
<td>Enter the time setting interface</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hide/lock toolbar</td>
<td>Hide or lock the toolbar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Target detection</td>
<td>The real-time mode allows viewing of the alarm pictures of face detection and face recognition in real time. The history mode allows viewing of the alarm pictures of face detection and face recognition within one hour;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>To use the “Custom Preview” action, set the “Custom Preview” configuration in the Preview Setting.</li>
<li>To use “Start Switching”, set “Cruise Interval” in the Preview Setting.</li>
<li>Android and IOS clients are available for mobile monitoring, and the status of public network connection can be checked.</li>
<li>TC-NR1016M7-S8, TC-NR1032M7-S8, TC-NR20xxM7-S8,</li>
</ul>
<p>TC-NR20xxM7-E8, and TC-NR20xxM7-E16 are set with main and auxiliary ports, while other models have no auxiliary ports.</p>
<p>Description of auxiliary port right-click menu item</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Single screen</td>
<td>Select a channel from the drop-down menu to switch between single screens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Multi-screen</td>
<td>Change the preview mode with the drop-down menu option.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Previous</td>
<td>Switch to the previous screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Next</td>
<td>Switch to the next screen.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Start switching</td>
<td>Continuously switch to the next screen according to the preview settings and start from the first screen when you reach the last screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Main port</td>
<td>Mouse operation changes from auxiliary port to main port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set as main port</td>
<td>Set auxiliary port as main port, which means that main and auxiliary ports are exchanged.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hide/lock toolbar</td>
<td>Hide or lock the toolbar</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Custom Preview</strong></p>
<p>Users arrange some specific channels according to the specific number of screens on the same screen as needed. When you select a configuration from the “Custom Preview” popup menu, the preview becomes this display screen.</p>
<p><strong>Single Screen</strong></p>
<p>Switches the current screen to a specified channel. Select a channel in the &#8220;Single Screen&#8221; pop-up menu, that is, selecting the channel for preview.</p>
<p><strong>Multi-screen</strong></p>
<p>Modify the display mode of the output device. The system supports 1/3/4/6/8/9/10/13/16/20A/20B/25/32/36/40/64 screen preview. If the multi-screen preview is selected, the preview is done according to this number of screens.</p>
<p>J <strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• For TC-NR20-S series and TC-NR20-E series NVRs, except for 20-channel devices, VGA1/HDMI1 supports up to 64 screens and VGA2/HDMI2 supports up to 32 screens. The maximum number of supported screen is subject to the specific model.</p>
<p><strong>Page UP/Down</strong></p>
<p>Click the &#8220;Previous &#8221; button on the taskbar to switch to the previous screen, and click the &#8220;Next&#8221; button to switch to the next screen.</p>
<p><strong>Start/Stop Switching</strong></p>
<p>After calling out the taskbar on the main port/auxiliary port, select &#8220;Start Switching&#8221;, and the main port/auxiliary port will start switching according to the set cruise sequence; Select &#8220;Stop Switching&#8221; to stop switching.</p>
<p><strong>4.5.3 Shortcut Preview</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In preview state, select the channel to operate by using the left mouse button. The shortcut bar is shown below the red box, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="727" height="138" class="wp-image-1533" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-105.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 105" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 470" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-105.jpeg 727w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-105-300x57.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 727px) 100vw, 727px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>The shortcut menu can be used for PTZ control, instant playback,</li>
</ol>
<p>manual snapshot, digital zoom, intercom and channel information</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="869" height="792" class="wp-image-1534" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-106.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 106" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 471" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-106.jpeg 869w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-106-300x273.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-106-768x700.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-106-810x738.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 869px) 100vw, 869px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Low delay/high flow</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">^^^^^■,,,,,,</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Set the fisheye mode supported by preview</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Eq</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>View/edit channel information</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="5"></td>
<td>View the IPC parameters</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>3D</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Enable 3D positioning</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Instant Playback</strong></p>
<p>Playback videos within 5 minutes of the channel. If there is no video available in the channel, the &#8220;Instant Playback Failed&#8221; message will be display.</p>
<p><strong>Digital zoom</strong></p>
<p>1<sub>S</sub> Click to enter the digital zoom interface, as shown in the figure</p>
<p>below.</p>
<p>Original video:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="754" height="423" class="wp-image-1535" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-107.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 107" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 472" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-107.jpeg 754w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-107-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 754px) 100vw, 754px" /></p>
<p>Screenshot of the digital zoom effect:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="753" height="430" class="wp-image-1536" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-108.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 108" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 473" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-108.jpeg 753w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-108-300x171.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 753px) 100vw, 753px" /></p>
<p>2<sub>S</sub> Scroll the mouse wheel to zoom in or out. The zoom-in or -out area is centered around the current position of the mouse.</p>
<p>3<sub>S</sub> You can also click &#8220;+&#8221; in the upper left corner of the screen to zoom in and &#8220;-&#8221; to zoom out. Zoom-in and -out are done around the center of</p>
<p>the current screen.</p>
<p>4<sub>S</sub> When zooming in, the left mouse button can still drag and drop the image to change the zooming area.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the right mouse button to exit digital zoom.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1537" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-109.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 109" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 474"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• Depending on the processing capacity of the equipment, the</p>
<p>maximum magnification time is 8 times or 16 times.</p>
<p><strong>High Flow/Low Delay:</strong></p>
<p>When High Flow is selected, the NVR devices will ensure fluency based on network traffic. When the Low Delay mode is selected, the video delay is reduced.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Preview Parameter Setting</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Preview Setting&#8221;, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="341" height="175" class="wp-image-1538" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-110.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 110" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 475" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-110.jpeg 341w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-110-300x154.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 341px) 100vw, 341px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>D H E</p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230;</p>
<p>s</p>
<p>System S&#8230;</p>
<p><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>System &#8230;</p>
<p>General Setting</p>
<p>Network Setting</p>
<p>Preview Setting</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>Other Setting</p>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>■id</p>
<p>VCA</p>
<p>Basic Configuration View configuration Customized Preview</p>
<p>0 Self-adaptive optimum resolution</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<ol>
<li>Description of the Preview Setting -&gt; Basic Configuration interface:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Output device: select a video output device from the &#8220;output device&#8221; drop-down list: HDMI2/BNC, VGA/HDMI, VC (VC is shown here when the last channel is set as the virtual composite channel).</li>
<li>Output resolution: 800*600, 1024*768, 1366*768, 1440*900, 1280*800, 1280*720, 1920*1080, 2560*1440, 2560*1600,</li>
</ul>
<p>3840*2160, etc. The list items may vary with devices.</p>
<ul>
<li>Automatic detection: Adaptive to the best resolution of the monitor.</li>
<li>Cruise interval: Sets the preview automatic switching time interval. Options include no cruise, 2s, 3s, 5s, 10s, 15s, 30s and 60s.</li>
<li>Preview mode: set screen number configuration, including 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 13, 16, 12 A, 12 B, 25, 32, 36, 40, 64, etc. The list items may vary with devices.</li>
<li>Main port setting: This setting is available in TC-NR1016M7-S8, TC-NR1032M7-S8, TC-NR20xxM7-S8, TC-NR20xxM7-E8, and TC-NR20xxM7-E16, while unavailable in other specifications.</li>
<li>Output mode: Sets VGA output display effect. Options include standard, soft, bright, and highlight.</li>
<li>Alarm screen switching interval: Sets the time interval of alarm linkage single screen display. Options include 2s, 3s, 5s, 10s and 15s.</li>
<li>Keep the last frame: With this option configured, the preview will stay on the last frame after the front camera is disconnected. Otherwise, &#8220;No Video&#8221; is displayed.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Description of the Preview Setting -&gt; View Configuration interface</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="313" height="354" class="wp-image-1539" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-111.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 111" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 476" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-111.jpeg 313w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-111-265x300.jpeg 265w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 313px) 100vw, 313px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="172" height="386" class="wp-image-1540" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-112.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 112" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 477" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-112.jpeg 172w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-112-134x300.jpeg 134w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 172px) 100vw, 172px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>General Setting</p>
<p>Network Setting</p>
<p>Preview Setting</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>Other Setting</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>E</th>
<th>a</th>
<th></th>
<th>iki</th>
<th>a</th>
<th>H</th>
<th><strong>E</strong></th>
<th>s</th>
<th><strong>X</strong></th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Basic Configuration View configuration</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th colspan="3">Output</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Channel</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Channel 1&#8230;</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><sup>2</sup></td>
<td>Channel 1&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><sup>3</sup></td>
<td>Channel 1&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Channel 4</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>^5</td>
<td>Channel 5</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><sup>6</sup></td>
<td>Channel 6</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Channel 7</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><sup>8</sup></td>
<td>Channel 8</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><sup>9</sup></td>
<td>Channel 9</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><sup>10</sup></td>
<td>Channel 10</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><sup>11</sup></td>
<td>Channel 11</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><sup>12</sup></td>
<td>Channel 12</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><sup>13</sup></td>
<td>Channel 13</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><sup>14</sup></td>
<td>Channel 14</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><sup>15</sup></td>
<td>Channel 15</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><sup>16</sup></td>
<td>Channel 16</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><sup>17</sup></td>
<td>Channel 1</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Customized Preview</p>
<p>Select the screen number on the right, double-click the screen to delete the preview channel, and double-click the channel number in the table on the left to configure the channel number to the specified location. To open or close all preview channels, click Auto Configure and Clear All on the lower right.</p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The standard series NVRs (16-channel 8-disk position, 32-channel 8- disk position) have two kinds of output devices: HDMI2/BNC and VGA/HDMI1.</li>
<li>The TC-NR20-S series and TC-NR20-E series NVRs (TC-NR20xxM7-S8, TC-NR20xxM7-E8, TC-NR20xxM7-E16) have two kinds of output devices: VGA1/HDMI1 and VGA2/HDMI2.</li>
<li>The multimedia NVR series (20-channels 1-disk position) have one kind of output device: HDMI/VGA.</li>
<li>When the maximum preview performance is switched from the main stream to the secondary stream, as the secondary stream is non-composite audio by default, there may be no sound in the UI preview. Due to the limitation of device performance, when the access stream reaches the upper limit of device performance, it cannot continue to connect to other streams.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Description of the Preview Setting -&gt; Customized Preview interface</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1542" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-113.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 113" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 478" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-113.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-113-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-113-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-113-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>The left and middle sides of the interface are used the same way as the view configuration interface. When the channel is configured, click the arrow between middle and right to add the configuration to the preview template. The maximum number of supported templates is 8. After configuration is completed, click &#8220;Apply&#8221; in the lower right corner to make it effective. Selecting the preview template can change the channel and screen number configuration. Double-click can change the template name. Preplan application is used in the right-click menu of preview screen.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Preview Interface Message</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Limited Decoding Performance</strong></p>
<p>When the decoding performance of the device reaches the upper limit, the device will display the message as below: &#8220;Decodingperformance reaches the upper limit, please manually disable part of channels&#8221;. You can configure whether to enable the message. For details, see the System Settings -&gt; General Settings. It is not enabled by default.</p>
<p><strong>System Exception Message:</strong></p>
<p>When the options in System Settings -&gt; Route Maintenance -&gt;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="61" class="wp-image-1543" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-114.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 114" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 479"> Network Exception/Storage Exception are enabled and related exception</p>
<p>events occur, the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="61" class="wp-image-1544" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-115.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 115" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 480"> icon in the upper right corner of the screen will</p>
<p>become the</p>
<p>icon. Double-click on the icon will open the system</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="523" class="wp-image-1545" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-116.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 116" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 481" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-116.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-116-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-116-768x464.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-116-810x490.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>notification interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p>Alarm Information</p>
<p>Abnormal alarm</p>
<p>Time Title Type Content</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>2020-03-13 10:53:39</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>[03]Channel IChannel ICh&#8230;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-03-13 10:53:36</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>[03]Channel IChannel ICh&#8230;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-03-13 10:53:34</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>[03]Channel IChannel ICh&#8230;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-03-13 10:53:32</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>[03]Channel IChannel ICh&#8230;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-03-13 10:53:18</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>[03]Channel IChannel ICh&#8230;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-03-13 10:52:40</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>[03]Channel IChannel ICh&#8230;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-03-13 10:52:29</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>[03]Channel IChannel ICh&#8230;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-03-13 10:52:29</td>
<td>Motion</td>
<td>[03]Channel IChannel ICh&#8230;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-03-13 10:52:11</td>
<td>Motion</td>
<td>[03]Channel IChannel ICh&#8230;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2020-03-13 10:51:39</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>[03]Channel IChannel ICh&#8230;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>• Users can choose not to display the message, or click “Next” to</p>
<p>check the next message.</p>
<p>When an anomaly alarm regarding the risk of video loss occurs, a red warning form will appear to alert the user to deal with the abnormal alarm in time, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p>Abnormal notice</p>
<p>[03-17 11:50:05]No valid disk.</p>
<p>Please handle it timely. Otherwise there is a risk of losing the videotape.</p>
<p>Later process&#8230; Processing</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Message:</strong></p>
<p>In intelligent analysis, when linkage call is set for the channel and</p>
<p>when an alarm occurs, a single screen of the corresponding</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="55" class="wp-image-1546" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-117.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 117" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 482"></p>
<p>channel appears, and the</p>
<p>icon flashes in the upper right</p>
<p>corner of the screen. Clicking the icon can open the calling, and at</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="55" class="wp-image-1547" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-118.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 118" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 483"></p>
<p>this point, the icon becomes</p>
<p>. Clicking the right mouse</p>
<p>button can exit the alarm.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Audio Preview and Intercom</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Audio Preview</strong></p>
<p>After selecting a video channel with mouse or remote control, the system will automatically play the audio of that channel.</p>
<p><strong>Voice Intercom</strong></p>
<p>Users can use the voice intercom interface of the device to realize the intercom function between the remote control end and the device. Please connect the pickup and speaker before intercommunication.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Right Back to Preview Interface</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the parameter configuration interface, right-click to return directly back to the preview interface.</p>
<p>4.6 PTZ control</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>PTZ Parameter Setting</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Before controlling the dome camera or PTZ of the IP channel, please first confirm that the network is normally connected between PTZ decoder and NVR, and configure the parameters of the PTZ decoder in the device.</li>
<li>For parameter setting of front-end IPC serial port, see section 4.3.15.</li>
<li>For parameter setting of NVR local serial port, see System Settings.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>PTZ Control</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>In login state, enter the preview state. Use your mouse to click the channel preview screen that requires PTZ control. Click the &#8220;PTZ&#8221; button in the preview shortcut menu bar to enter the full-screen screen of the channel, and the PTZ control form appears, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="829" height="516" class="wp-image-1548" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-119.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 119" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 484" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-119.jpeg 829w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-119-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-119-768x478.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-119-810x504.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 829px) 100vw, 829px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the channel for PTZ control.</li>
<li>Description of PTZ control:</li>
<li>PTZ control: Use your mouse to click the DQOU button to control up, down, left and right actions of the PTZ; use your mouse to click the □□□□ button to control the tilt actions of the PTZ; click the s button to start or stop the automatic pan operation of the PTZ.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-1549" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-120.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 120" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 485"></p>
<p>2) Lens control: click the</p>
<p>button on the left of the &#8220;Aperture&#8221; to</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-1550" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-121.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 121" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 486"></p>
<p>turn off lens aperture; click the</p>
<p>button on the right to turn</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-1551" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-122.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 122" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 487"></p>
<p>on aperture; click the</p>
<p>button on the left of the &#8220;Focus&#8221; to</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-1552" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-123.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 123" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 488"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-1553" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-124.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 124" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 489"> zoom.</p>
<p>enable far focus; click the</p>
<p>button on the right to enable</p>
<p>close focus; click the</p>
<p>button on the left of the &#8220;Zoom&#8221; to</p>
<p>reduce zoom; and click the</p>
<p>button on the right to increase</p>
<ol>
<li>Speed setting: click the progress bar to select a value or scroll the mouse wheel to change a value, or click the or icon to increase or decrease the value. The higher the value is, the action speed of the PTZ is greater. The value is L2 by default.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="37" class="wp-image-1554" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-125.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 125" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 490"> Click the B icon to set the one-key focus function, click the</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="42" class="wp-image-1555" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-126.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 126" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 491"> icon to enter the 3D positioning function interface, and click the icon to set ON and OFF of the front-end laser.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="263" class="wp-image-1556" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-127.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 127" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 492" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-127.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-127-300x91.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-127-768x234.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-127-810x246.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /> icons to expand and hide the control menu on</p>
<p>5). Click <strong>0 </strong>and <strong>H</strong></p>
<p>the right, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p>6 ) Drag the km icon to drag the PTZ control form.</p>
<p>icon to zoom out the PTZ control form. In PTZ</p>
<p>7 ) Click the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="42" class="wp-image-1557" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-128.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 128" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 493"></p>
<p>zoom-out state, click the</p>
<p>icon to return to the PTZ control</p>
<p>form. In PTZ zoom-out state, press and hold the left mouse button to control the PTZ direction of the dome camera according to mouse movement direction.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>6.3 Preset Position, Cruise, Trajectory Settings and Recalling</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Preset Position Setting and Recalling</strong></p>
<p>1 Recall preset position: Selects a preset position number from the &#8220;Preset Position&#8221; drop-down list, or enter the preset position number directly and click the &#8220;Recall&#8221; button to recall the selected preset position.</p>
<p>2<sub>S</sub> Set preset position: after controlling the PTZ to act to a specific position, select the preset position number from the preset position drop down list or directly input the preset position number, and click &#8220;Set&#8221; button to complete setting the preset position of this position number.</p>
<p><strong>Trajectory Recording and Demonstration</strong></p>
<p>When you click the &#8220;Start Trajectory&#8221; button, the button message changes to &#8220;End Trajectory&#8221;, and the system enters the trajectory recording state. At this point, the system will automatically record all operations on the PTZ before users click the &#8220;End Trajectory&#8221; button. After pressing the &#8221; End Trajectory&#8221; button, the trajectory recording is completed and the system will automatically exit the trajectory recording state. Users can click the &#8220;Demo Trajectory&#8221; button to demonstrate the trajectory just recorded.</p>
<p><strong>Cruise Path Setting</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the &#8220;Cruise Path&#8221; button to enter the cruise path setting interface,</li>
</ol>
<p>as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="522" class="wp-image-1558" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-129.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 129" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 494" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-129.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-129-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-129-768x464.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-129-810x489.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Cruise path setting are described as follows:</li>
<li>View cruise path information</li>
</ol>
<p>Select a cruise path number from the &#8220;Path Number&#8221; drop-down list. After selecting a cruise point, the system automatically displays the preset position corresponding to the cruise point and the</p>
<p>duration of stay in the preset position.</p>
<ol>
<li>Edit cruise path</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the path number you want to edit from the “Path Number” drop-down list. If the path is disabled at this point, press the “Enable” button to enable the cruise path. Select the preset position number from the &#8220;Preset Position&#8221; drop-down list, and press &#8220;Add&#8221; after entering the time, the preset position will be added to the cruise point list of the cruise path. After selecting a cruise point from the cruise point list, click the “Delete” button to remove the cruise point from the cruise point list of the cruise path.</p>
<p>After a cruise point is selected, select a preset position from the preset position dropdown list, and click the &#8220;Set&#8221; button after the time is entered to modify the configuration information of the selected cruise point.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enable/disable cruise path</li>
</ol>
<p>Select a cruise path number from the “Path Number” list to enable or disable the path.</p>
<ol>
<li>Recall/stop cruise path:</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the &#8220;Recall&#8221; button to cruise according to the set path. Click “Stop” to stop the current path cruise.</p>
<ol>
<li>Exit the cruise path setting interface</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the &#8220;OK&#8221; button to save all the path editing operations on the cruise path setting interface into the system, and then exit the path setting interface. When pressing the &#8220;Cancel&#8221; button, the system will automatically ignore all editing operations and exit the path setting interface.</p>
<ol>
<li>3D positioning</li>
</ol>
<p>Users can select any area on the video screen with the mouse, and the system will automatically control the action of the PTZ lens to realize the zoom-in/out function of the display scene (drawing a rectangle from left to right for zooming in from and right to left for zooming out).</p>
<p><strong>4.6.4 USB Keyboard Controlled PTZ</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In preview mode, select the channel for PTZ control by using [t] [I] keys and press P. At this time, the system will display the selected channel on a single screen. The upper right corner of the screen displays “PTZ ChnXX” to alert users that the system is in the PTZ control state of the XX channel.</li>
<li>Controlling PTZ Actions</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>PTZ control: In the PTZ control mode, press [t][l][^][^] keys to control the PTZ up, down, left and right; Press the &#8220;Enter&#8221; button, the PTZ starts automatic pan action and press the &#8220;Enter&#8221; button again, the PTZ stops automatic pan action.</li>
<li>Lens control: In the PTZ control mode, press I or G to turn on the lens aperture; press Ctrl+I or Ctrl+G to turn off the lens aperture; press Z or B to zoom in; press Ctrl+Z or Ctrl+B to zoom out. Press F or J to enable far focus; and press Ctrl+F or Ctrl+J to enable close focus.</li>
<li>Recall preset position: In PTZ control mode, press the [Backspace] key, and then [Number] key, and then [Enter] key, the system will recall the corresponding preset position.</li>
<li>Speed setting: In PTZ control mode, press the numeric keys [1] &#8211; [4] to set the speed of the PTZ.</li>
<li>Exit the PTZ control mode: Click [ESC] in the PTZ control mode to return to the preview mode.</li>
</ul>
<p>4.7 Storage Setting</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Recording</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Basic</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Storage Setting -&gt; Recording -&gt; Basic &#8221; to enter the recording interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="536" height="154" class="wp-image-1559" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-130.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 130" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 495" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-130.jpeg 536w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-130-300x86.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="147" height="70" class="wp-image-1560" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-131.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 131" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 496" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-131.jpeg 147w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-131-145x70.jpeg 145w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 147px) 100vw, 147px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Recording</p>
<p>Parameter</p>
<p>Images Setting</p>
<p>Diskgroup Allocation</p>
<p>Reindex</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>Channel</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<p>iki</p>
<p>VCA</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Cameras</p>
<p><strong>E S X</strong></p>
<p>Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230; System &#8230;</p>
<p>Basic Advanced Holiday Plan</p>
<p>[01]Channel 1;£ v 0 Audio Recording 71 Redundant</p>
<p>I I I-frame Record</p>
<p>10 xz f Reset</p>
<p>[Mainstream x&#8217;</p>
<p>PreRecord(s)</p>
<p>Dwell (days)</p>
<p>Copy To</p>
<p>PostRecord(s)</p>
<p>StreamType</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the channel to set.</li>
<li>Select whether to &#8220;Audio Recording&#8221;, whether to enable &#8220;Redundant &#8220;, and whether to enable &#8220;I-frame Record&#8221;.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>When &#8220;Audio Recording&#8221; is not checked, only video data is saved in the video file.</li>
<li>When there are redundant disks in the system and the &#8220;Redundant&#8221; function is enabled on the selected channel, recordings and captured image files will be saved in both the recording disk and redundant disk.</li>
<li>If &#8220;I-frame Record&#8221; is enabled, the system will posterize video files, which can greatly save the hard disk space for the videos of non-key areas.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select video type. Options include “Schedule”, “Port Alarm”, “Motion”, “Video Loss”, “Video Mask”, “Motion/Port”, “Motion&amp;Port”. You can check “Cancel” to delete the set video types.</li>
<li>Press and hold the left mouse button and drag over the time zone, and the selected time zone will be updated as the specified video type.</li>
<li>Set the pre-recording and delay time of alarm videos.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>PreRecord: Assuming that the pre-recording time set by the user is 5s, the system will automatically save the video information to the video file 5s before alarming.</li>
<li>PostRecord: The delay time of video is applied to the alarm video. Assuming that the delay time set by the user is 5s, the system will automatically save the video information to the video file 5s after alarming ends.</li>
<li>The combination of prerecord and postrecord: can facilitate the user to analyze the monitoring information before and after the occurrence of alarms.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Dwell : Set the maximum retention time of videos in days. 0 means no restriction, and the maximum retention time of videos is 120.</li>
<li>StreamType : Set the stream type of videos, including MainStream and SubStream. Some models also support dual stream recording.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the configurations.</li>
</ol>
<p>Advanced</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Storage Setting -&gt;Recording -&gt; Advanced&#8221; to enter the video template advanced setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="457" class="wp-image-1561" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-132.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 132" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 497" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-132.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-132-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-132-768x403.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-132-810x425.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="272" class="wp-image-1562" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-133.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 133" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 498" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-133.jpeg 479w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-133-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the channel to set.</li>
<li>Set whether to enable the ANR function of front-end IPC. If enabled, IPC will automatically start the local recording when the IPC is disconnected, and automatically upload the locally saved videos to the NVR when the IPC gets online again.</li>
<li>Select the pre-recording time from the &#8220;PreRecord&#8221; drop-down list.</li>
<li>Select the video delay time from the &#8220;PostRecord&#8221; drop-down list.</li>
<li>Set the time period and the video type within the time period. Click the “Time” option box to make it selected. Enter the start and end time of the time period into the time period input box. Select a video type from the “Record Type” drop-down list. Different video types can be specified for different time periods.</li>
<li>Copy the parameters of the current template to the channel and date.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the configurations.</li>
</ol>
<p>Holiday Plan:</p>
<p>You can configure holiday video plan of the year. When holiday plan is enabled, the video plan will be implemented first during holiday time.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Storage Setting -&gt; Recording -&gt; Holiday Plan&#8221; to enter the &#8220;Holiday Plan&#8221; interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="264" class="wp-image-1563" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-134.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 134" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 499" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-134.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-134-300x92.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-134-768x235.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-134-810x248.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>No.</th>
<th>Holiday Name</th>
<th>Status</th>
<th>Start Date</th>
<th>End Date</th>
<th>Edit</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>01</td>
<td>Holidayl</td>
<td>Close</td>
<td>2020/01/01</td>
<td>2020/01/03</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>02</td>
<td>Holiday?</td>
<td>Close</td>
<td>2020/01/01</td>
<td>2020/01/03</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>03</td>
<td>Holidays</td>
<td>Close</td>
<td>2020/01/01</td>
<td>2020/01/03</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>04</td>
<td>Holiday4</td>
<td>Close</td>
<td>2020/01/01</td>
<td>2020/01/03</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>05</td>
<td>Holidays</td>
<td>Close</td>
<td>2020/01/01</td>
<td>2020/01/03</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>06</td>
<td>Holiday6</td>
<td>Close</td>
<td>2020/01/01</td>
<td>2020/01/03</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>07</td>
<td>Holiday?</td>
<td>Close</td>
<td>2020/01/01</td>
<td>2020/01/03</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>08</td>
<td>Holidays</td>
<td>Close</td>
<td>2020/01/01</td>
<td>2020/01/03</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>09</td>
<td>Holiday9</td>
<td>Close</td>
<td>2020/01/01</td>
<td>2020/01/03</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>HolidaylO</td>
<td>Close</td>
<td>2020/01/01</td>
<td>2020/01/03</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li>Click a holiday in the selected list, and click &#8220;Edit&#8221; or double click the</li>
</ol>
<p>left mouse button to enter the &#8220;Holiday Setting&#8221; interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="536" class="wp-image-1564" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-135.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 135" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 500" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-135.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-135-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-135-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-135-810x503.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Check &#8220;Enable Holiday Plan&#8221; and choose the setting mode of the holiday &#8220;per Date&#8221;, &#8220;per Month&#8221; or &#8220;per Week&#8221;. Enter the start date and end date of the holiday. Click “OK” to save the configurations.</li>
<li>After enabling the holiday plan, you can select the holiday from the &#8220;Date&#8221; in &#8220;Advanced &#8221; and set the corresponding video template for the holiday. Videos will be recorded according to this template for all enabled holiday plans.</li>
</ol>
<p>J <strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• All configurations by week take Sunday as the first day of the weekday, unless otherwise specified.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Parameter</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Storage Setting -&gt; Parameter&#8221; to enter the video policy setting interface, as shown in the figure</li>
</ol>
<p>below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="167" class="wp-image-1565" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-136.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 136" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 501" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-136.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-136-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-136-768x148.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-136-810x156.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Not Enough Disk Capacity</p>
<p>0 Overwrite file</p>
<p>Delete Non-alarm Record</p>
<p>Stop Recording</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the processing method of the system when the disk space is insufficient, such as &#8220;Overwrite Files&#8221;, &#8220;Delete Non-alarm Record&#8221; or &#8220;Stop Recording&#8221;.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the configurations.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Diskgroup Allocation</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Storage Setting -&gt; Diskgroup Allocation&#8221; to enter the disk pack configuration interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>D3</td>
<td>H</td>
<td></td>
<td>s</td>
<td>X</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Recording</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Mode Selection</td>
<td>Disk Group v*</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Images Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Diskgroup Allocation</td>
<td>Disk Group</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Reindex p0 Select All Disks</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>001</td>
<td>002</td>
<td><em>•y</em> 03</td>
<td><em>•y</em> 04</td>
<td>005</td>
<td>006</td>
<td><em>•y</em> 07</td>
<td><em>•y</em> os</td>
<td>Prompt:The max bitrate for one single disk-group is 100Mbps, there might be</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>009</td>
<td><em>V</em> 10</td>
<td>v&#8217; 11</td>
<td><em>•y</em> 12</td>
<td>013</td>
<td>@14</td>
<td>v&#8217; 15</td>
<td>016</td>
<td>risk of losing recorded video if actual bitrate is higher than this limit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1^17</td>
<td>@18</td>
<td>0 19</td>
<td>020</td>
<td>021</td>
<td>022</td>
<td>023</td>
<td>v&#8217; 24</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>v* Select All Channels In This Page</p>
<p>001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010</p>
<p>011 012 013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020</p>
<p>| | | Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Set disk group or quota.</li>
</ol>
<p>Disk Group: Divides hard disks mounted on the NVR multiple disk packs. You can specify the disk pack where the video files are located for each channel.</p>
<p>Quota: Specifies the maximum disk space a channel&#8217;s video files can use. Different channels can be configured with different video space.</p>
<p><strong><em>NO</em> Note:</strong></p>
<p>• Mode switching can come into effect only after the device is restarted.</p>
<p>Warning</p>
<p><strong>A </strong>Recording mode changed needs reboot to take effect, reboot now?</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>Confirm</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the disk group.</li>
<li>Select &#8220;Disk Group&#8221; under &#8220;Mode Selection&#8221;.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</p>
<p>Playback</td>
<td>a</p>
<p>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>iki</p>
<p>VCA</td>
<td>D3</p>
<p>Cameras</td>
<td>ffll</p>
<p>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>E</strong></p>
<p>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>s</p>
<p>System S&#8230;</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Mode Selection</td>
<td></td>
<td>Disk Group</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Images Setting</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Diskgroup Allocation</td>
<td colspan="2">Disk Group</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>01</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Reindex</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2" rowspan="2">O Select All Disks</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>□ oi</td>
<td>002</td>
<td>003</td>
<td><em>•y</em> 04</td>
<td>005</td>
<td>006</td>
<td><em>•y</em> 07</td>
<td><em>•y</em> os</td>
<td>Prompt:The max bitrate for one single disk-group is 100Mbps, there might be</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>&#8216;Z 09</td>
<td>010</td>
<td>011</td>
<td><em>•y</em> 12</td>
<td>■ 13</td>
<td>014</td>
<td>v&#8217; 15</td>
<td>016</td>
<td>risk of losing recorded video if actual bitrate is higher than this limit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>&#8216;Z 17</td>
<td>018</td>
<td>019</td>
<td>■ 20</td>
<td>■ 21</td>
<td>022</td>
<td><em>V</em> 23</td>
<td>xZ24</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Select All Channels In This Page</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="39" class="wp-image-1566" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-137.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 137" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 502"></p>
<p>■ 03 ■ 04</p>
<p>■ 13 ■ 14</p>
<p>■ 05 ■ 06</p>
<p>■ 15 H16</p>
<p>■ 07 []08</p>
<p>■ 17 |18</p>
<p>■ 09 |10</p>
<p>■ 19 |20</p>
<p>Apply Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Select disk group. There are disk groups 1 &#8211; 8 to choose from the drop-down box.</li>
<li>Select disks for a disk group. Sets which disks belong to the disk pack. Check &#8220;All Disks&#8221; to select all available disks. A disk cannot be assigned to more than one disk pack at the same time.</li>
<li>Select a channel for a disk group. Select which channels to record in the pack.</li>
<li>Click the &#8220;Apply&#8221; button to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>^Notes:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>The storage bitrate of a single disk pack can be up to 100Mbps; otherwise there is a risk of video loss.</li>
<li>When ESATA is a non-backup disk, it appears in the All Disks box.</li>
<li>There are 20 channels in one disk pack for NVR by default. The rest can be done in the same manner.</li>
<li>Quota Configuration</li>
<li>Select “Quota” under &#8220;Mode Selection&#8221;.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Tia ndy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>D3</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>E</strong></td>
<td>s</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Recording</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Parameter</td>
<td>Mode Selection</td>
<td>Quota</td>
<td></td>
<td>3</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Images Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Diskgroup Allocation</td>
<td>Remaining Quota/Total Quota</td>
<td>9.P4TB/9.04TB</td>
<td></td>
<td>■</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reindex</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>[01]Channel 1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Used Recording Quota</td>
<td>576.00G</td>
<td></td>
<td>■</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Record Quota(GB)</p>
<p>Used Pictures Quota</p>
<p>Picture Quota(GB)</p>
<p>Copy To Channel</td>
<td>0</p>
<p>2.00G</p>
<p>0</p>
<p>All</td>
<td></td>
<td>0 means no limit (the minimum is 10G) ■</p>
<p>0 means no limit (the minimum is 5G)</p>
<p>Copy</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>| | | Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the channel to set. Select the channel where you want to set the quota from the “Channel” drop-down box.</li>
<li>Set the video quota. Sets the maximum storage space that video files of the channel occupy, in GB. 0 indicates unlimited.</li>
<li>Set the image quota. Sets the maximum storage space for the image files of the channel, in GB. 0 indicates unlimited.</li>
<li>Save the settings. Click the “Apply” button to save your settings.</li>
<li>Quota mode is not recommended for devices with over 40</li>
</ol>
<p>channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Images Setting</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Storage Setting -&gt; Image Setting&#8221; to enter the snapshot setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="456" class="wp-image-1567" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-138.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 138" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 503" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-138.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-138-300x159.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-138-768x406.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-138-810x428.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="349" height="298" class="wp-image-1568" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-139.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 139" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 504" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-139.jpeg 349w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-139-300x256.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 349px) 100vw, 349px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the target channel number for the snapshot setting</li>
</ol>
<p>operation.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set snapshot type: &#8220;Snapshot&#8221; and &#8220;Alert Snapshot&#8221;. When &#8220;Alert Snapshot&#8221; is selected for snapshot type, the snapshot setting interface is shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="277" class="wp-image-1569" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-140.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 140" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 505" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-140.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-140-300x96.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-140-768x247.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-140-810x260.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="310" height="174" class="wp-image-1570" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-141.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 141" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 506" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-141.jpeg 310w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-141-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 310px) 100vw, 310px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="23" class="wp-image-1571" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-142.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 142" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 507"></p>
<ol>
<li>Set snapshot mode: &#8220;Single Picture&#8221; and &#8220;Multiple Pictures&#8221;.</li>
<li>Set the time interval of snapshot, in seconds.</li>
<li>Choose whether to upload captured pictures via FTP. Click the &#8220;Upload To FTP&#8221; button to enter the FTP setting interface. For details about FTP settings, refer to the corresponding section.</li>
<li>Choose whether to upload the captured pictures via SNMP. Click the &#8220;Upload To Email&#8221; button to enter the Email setting interface. For details about settings, refer to the corresponding section. On this interface, Email Setting is unavailable for alarm snapshot.</li>
<li>The snapshot setting parameters of the current channel can be copied to the specified channel.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the configurations.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="34" height="36" class="wp-image-1572" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-143.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 143" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 508"></p>
<p><strong>ote:</strong></p>
<p>• The system can snapshot at most 2000 pictures per channel within 24 hours. The snapshot count will be cleared after the system is restarted.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Reindex</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When HDD exception or video loss occurs, lost videos can be retrieved to the maximum extent by rebuilding the index.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Storage Setting -&gt; Reindex&#8221; to enter the &#8220;Reindex&#8221; interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tia ndy</strong></p>
<p>Recording</p>
<p>Parameter</p>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>A</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<p>■id</p>
<p>VCA</p>
<p>o <strong>H E S X</strong></p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230; System &#8230;</p>
<p>Rebuilding a index may take some time and pause time lapse,are you sure to continue?</p>
<p>Images Setting</p>
<p>Diskgroup Allocation</p>
<p>Reindex</p>
<p>Apply Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the &#8220;Continue&#8221; button to start the rebuild operation.</li>
<li>When rebuilding the index, users can exit the interface for other operations.</li>
</ol>
<p>4.8 Playback</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Instant Playback</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the preview screen, play back the video file of the selected channel within 5 minutes.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="567" height="400" class="wp-image-1573" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-144.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 144" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 509" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-144.jpeg 567w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-144-300x212.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 567px) 100vw, 567px" /></p>
<p>In preview state, select the channel to played back by using the left</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="61" class="wp-image-1574" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-145.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 145" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 510"></p>
<p>mouse button, and click the</p>
<p>button on the shortcut menu, and</p>
<p>enter the &#8220;Playback&#8221; interface, as shown in the figure above.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Description of Playback Interface</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Here, the composition and function modules of the playback interface are introduced.</p>
<p>To enter the menu playback interface: preview and use &#8220;Right-Click Menu-&gt; Playback&#8221; to enter the playback interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1575" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-146.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 146" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 511" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-146.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-146-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-146-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-146-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Description of playback control bar</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Button</td>
<td>Description</td>
<td>Button</td>
<td>Descripti on</td>
<td>Button</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ □</strong></td>
<td>Turn sound</p>
<p>on/off</td>
<td><strong>Q 1</strong></td>
<td>Start/en</p>
<p>d clip</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>File</p>
<p>manageme</p>
<p>nt</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Save clips</td>
<td><strong>^3</strong></td>
<td>Add</p>
<p>default</p>
<p>tag</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Add</p>
<p>custom</p>
<p>tags</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td>Digital zoom</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Intellige nt retrieval</td>
<td><strong>□ E</strong></td>
<td>Tripwire/pe rimeter search</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>People</td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Face</td>
<td><strong>0</strong></td>
<td>Search</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>count</td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
<td>detectio n</td>
<td colspan="5"></td>
<td>OK/cancel/ exit</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3" rowspan="2"><strong>n </strong>e</td>
<td rowspan="2">Pause/rever se</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Forward</p>
<p>by 30s</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td><strong>ii</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Pause/play</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>D</strong></td>
<td>Stop</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>^2</strong></td>
<td>Reverse</p>
<p>by 30s</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Step</p>
<p>forward</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td rowspan="3">Fast</p>
<p>forward</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="3">Slowly</p>
<p>into the</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td rowspan="3">The day</p>
<p>after</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>►►</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>44</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>►1</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="3">Step back</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="3">The day before</td>
<td colspan="5" rowspan="3"><strong>s</strong></td>
<td rowspan="3">Timeline</p>
<p>reduction</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>◄1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2">Playback timeline</td>
<td colspan="4" rowspan="2"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2">Timeline magnific ation</td>
<td></td>
<td>1</p>
<p>E&gt;</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td rowspan="2">Lock file</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>WMterrkJ</strong></td>
<td>Playback</p>
<p>location/sn</p>
<p>apshot</td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
<td>Snapsho t</td>
<td colspan="5"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Normal Playback</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Retrieve the corresponding video files by channel and date, and play video files in turn from the generated play bar that meets the criteria. The playback steps are as follows:</p>
<p>1 Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Playback&#8221; to enter the &#8220;Normal&#8221; interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p>2<sub>X</sub> Select the channel to play back and the calendar automatically displays the recordings of the month.</p>
<p>3<sub>X</sub> Use your mouse to click the date you want to play back.</p>
<p>4<sub>X</sub> The system automatically plays the video files that meets the criteria.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="482" class="wp-image-1576" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-147.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 147" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 512" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-147.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-147-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-147-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-147-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p>5<sub>X</sub> Other playback operations.</p>
<ul>
<li>Use the &#8220;Full Screen&#8221; key in the upper right corner to enable full screen playback.</li>
<li>If there is no operation for a period of time during playing, it will automatically enter the full-screen playing mode. You can operate the mouse or keyboard again to exit the full-screen.</li>
<li>Use &#8220;Fast Forward&#8221; or &#8220;Slow Forward&#8221; key to fast or slowly play</li>
</ul>
<p>back videos.</p>
<p><strong>_]Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Up to 16 channels can be played back at a time. The playback performance differs depending on the device model and video recording.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>4.8.4 Event Playback</strong></p>
<p>Query a video file in a certain time period by event type (port alarm, motion detection, video loss, video occlusion, intelligent analysis), and play the video from the generated list that meets the query criteria. The operation steps are as follows:</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the playback interface, and select &#8220;Event&#8221; for the playback mode.</li>
</ol>
<p>2<sub>S</sub> Select event type in the upper right corner of the playback screen.</p>
<p>3<sub>S</sub> Select the channel to play back.</p>
<p>4<sub>S</sub> Click the date you want to play back.</p>
<p>5<sub>S</sub> The system automatically plays the video files that meet criteria.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1577" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-148.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 148" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 513" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-148.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-148-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-148-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-148-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1578" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-149.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 149" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 514"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• During event playback, the player will skip the time period without alarm video according to the alarm time period of the video.</p>
<p><strong>4.8.5. Tag Playback</strong></p>
<p>The video label function allows users to record the relevant personnel or on-site information at a certain time when the video is played back, so that users can retrieve the information at any time to search and locate the video.</p>
<p>Add/Manage Labels</p>
<p>1 Enter the video playback interface Click El to add the default label.</p>
<p>Click to enter a label name and add a custom label.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="51" class="wp-image-1579" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-150.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 150" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 515"> 2<sub>S</sub> Label management</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>to enter the &#8220;File Management&#8221; -&gt; &#8220;Label Management&#8221;</p>
<p>interface, as shown in the figure below, where you can view, edit, and</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="535" class="wp-image-1580" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-151.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 151" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 516" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-151.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-151-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-151-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-151-810x502.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>delete added labels.</p>
<p>Tag Playback</p>
<p>1 Enter the playback interface, select &#8220;Tag&#8221; for playback mode, and enter the &#8220;Tag&#8221; interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p>2<sub>S</sub> Select a channel.</p>
<p>3<sub>S</sub> Enter the label keyword. If no keywords are entered, all labels within<br />
the specified date of the selected channel are retrieved by default.</p>
<p>4<sub>S</sub> Select a date.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="483" class="wp-image-1581" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-152.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 152" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 517" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-152.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-152-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-152-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-152-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p>5<sub>X</sub> The playback progress bar shows a label marked with an inverted</p>
<p>green triangle. When the mouse cursor is moved over the position</p>
<p>marked by the inverted triangle, the label name information will be</p>
<p>displayed automatically, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1582" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-153.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 153" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 518" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-153.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-153-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-153-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-153-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Video playback begins with the value set in &#8220;Pre-Playback&#8221; before the time of adding labels, and ends with the value set in &#8220;Post-Playback&#8221; after the time of adding labels. When finished, the system automatically jump to the next label for playback.</li>
<li>Playback Advance Time and Playback Delay Time can be set separately.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>4.8.6 Smart Search Playback</strong></p>
<p>Smart search playback refers to the intelligent analysis of video files. Options include &#8220;Perimeter Search&#8221;, &#8220;Tripwire Search&#8221; and &#8220;Face Detection&#8221;.</p>
<p>The operation steps are as follows:</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the playback interface and select &#8220;Smart Search&#8221; for the playback mode, as shown in the figure below.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="861" height="482" class="wp-image-1583" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-154.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 154" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 519" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-154.jpeg 861w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-154-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-154-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-154-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 861px) 100vw, 861px" /> . The play operation begins after the channel and date are selected.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="68" height="51" class="wp-image-1584" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-155.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 155" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 520"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1585" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-156.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 156" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 521" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-156.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-156-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-156-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-156-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="185" height="64" class="wp-image-1586" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-157.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 157" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 522"> in the lower left corner of the interface to enter the</p>
<p>3. Click</p>
<p>intelligent retrieval interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p>button at the bottom of the interface and</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>Click the</p>
<p>select the retrieval type.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="62" class="wp-image-1587" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-158.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 158" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 523"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="483" class="wp-image-1588" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-159.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 159" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 524" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-159.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-159-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-159-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-159-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p>1. Click</p>
<p>or _</p>
<p>figure below.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>.8.6.1 Tripwire and Perimeter Search</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>button to enter the drawing interface of</p>
<p>intelligent playback and draw lines on the video, as shown in the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="40" class="wp-image-1589" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-160.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 160" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 525"></p>
<p>2.Click the</p>
<p>button to start searching. During the search process,</p>
<p>&#8220;VCA SEARCHING&#8230;&#8221; appears in the top left of the screen and the</p>
<p>progress bar will show the progress and results of the search.</p>
<ol>
<li>.During the search process, the system automatically jumps to the search results to start playing.</li>
<li>. Click on another channel or other date during the search process will automatically stop searching. You can also click the Stop button or Exit button to manually stop searching or exit the intelligent search.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>4.8.6.2 Face Detection</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="60" class="wp-image-1590" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-161.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 161" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 526"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1591" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-162.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 162" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 527" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-162.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-162-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-162-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-162-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="40" class="wp-image-1592" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-163.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 163" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 528"></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>to enter the &#8220;Face Detection&#8221; interface of intelligent</p>
<p>playback, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p>button to start searching. During the search process,</p>
<p>2.Click the</p>
<p>&#8220;VCA SEARCHING&#8230;&#8221; appears in the top left of the screen. At the same</p>
<p>time, the progress bar will display the search progress, and one the right side is the face detection search results.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1593" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-164.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 164" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 529" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-164.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-164-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-164-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-164-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>3. Click on the Stop search during the search process will stop searching. When you click the search results on the right, the video will be positioned to the corresponding location.</p>
<p><strong>4.8.7 Video Concent Playback</strong></p>
<p>The video summary playback function is to superimpose multiple moving targets at different time points into the same background for simultaneous playback, which can shorten video time and greatly improve the efficiency of video playback. Before playing back video summary, make sure that the front end device connected to the selected channel supports and enables the intelligent analysis function.</p>
<p>The operation steps are as follows:</p>
<p>1. Enter the playback interface, and select &#8220;Video Concent&#8221; for the playback mode, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>ffll</td>
<td><strong>E</strong></td>
<td>s</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="27" class="wp-image-1594" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-165.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 165" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 530"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="850" height="232" class="wp-image-1595" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-166.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 166" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 531" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-166.jpeg 850w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-166-300x82.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-166-768x210.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-166-810x221.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 850px) 100vw, 850px" /> Video Concent</p>
<p>00:00:00</p>
<p>0%</p>
<p>2. Select a channel, set the start and end times, click &#8220;Search&#8221;,</p>
<p>and play back the video summary video file, as shown in the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1596" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-167.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 167" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 532" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-167.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-167-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-167-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-167-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>figure below.</p>
<p>3. Double-click the rectangular box stacked on the left side to</p>
<p>locate the time to play in the small window on the right, and</p>
<p>then play the video of 30s before and after the time point.</p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Stop and Pause options are available on the large screen on the left, and both the progress bar and percentage can be displayed but dragging over the progress bar is impossible.</li>
<li>Stop and Pause options are available on the small screen on the right. And both the progress bar and percentage can be displayed, and dragging over the progress bar is possible. In addition, current files can be backed up.</li>
<li>4 decoding channels can be superimposed on the target simultaneously. The actual number of superimposing layers depends on the decoding ability. With the real-time playback screen of channel 1 as the background, the targets of other channels are superimposed on channel 1.</li>
<li>The time period of each decoding channel is generally evenly distributed according to the time length of target information.</li>
<li>Video summary playback is only available for some models.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>4.8.8 Time-phased Playback</strong></p>
<p>The time-phased playback function means that the recording time of a channel in a day is averaged to multiple screens for asynchronousplayback according to the number of split screens, which can effectively improve playback efficiency.</p>
<p>The operation steps are as follows: 1. Enter the playback interface and select &#8220;Time-phased Playback&#8221;, as</p>
<p>shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="483" class="wp-image-1597" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-168.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 168" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 533" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-168.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-168-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-168-768x430.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-168-810x454.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p>2. Select the playback channel and set the number of split screens. Here,</p>
<p>4 split screens are taken as an example.</p>
<p>3. Select the date on the right side or click the Play button for time-phased playback.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>. Picture Playback</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The picture playback function refers to the playback of the pictures stored in the hard disk, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1598" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-169.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 169" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 534" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-169.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-169-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-169-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-169-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1599" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-170.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 170" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 535"></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Users can define a play interval for play pictures automatically.</li>
<li>You can also pause the playback and click on the left or right side</li>
</ul>
<p>of a picture to display the previous or the next picture.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>External File Playback</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The external file playback function refers to playback of video files stored in external storage media such as USB flash drive, mobile hard disk or CD-ROM.</p>
<p>The operation steps are as follows:</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the playback interface and select &#8220;External File &#8220;, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1600" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-171.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 171" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 536" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-171.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-171-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-171-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-171-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Device type and file type are optional</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="316" height="296" class="wp-image-1601" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-172.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 172" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 537" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-172.jpeg 316w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-172-300x281.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 316px) 100vw, 316px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Refresh&#8221; to read external storage media.</li>
<li>Click the file to play to play back external video file, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p>• Before playing back external files, make sure that USB flash drive or mobile hard disk or USB drive has been connected to the device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Log Management</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Play the video file corresponding to the log information.</p>
<p>The operation steps are as follows: 1 Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Log Management&#8221; to</p>
<p>enter the &#8220;Log Management&#8221; interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>H</td>
<td><strong>E</strong></td>
<td>s</td>
<td>*</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Information</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Log Management</td>
<td colspan="2">Channel AH</td>
<td>—</td>
<td>-1</td>
<td></td>
<td>Start Time 2020-03-13 j||</td>
<td>00:00</td>
<td>©I</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Configuration</td>
<td colspan="2">Type All</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>End Time 2020-03-13 ||</td>
<td>23:59</td>
<td>q|</td>
<td><strong>■</strong></td>
<td>Search</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reset To Default</td>
<td></td>
<td>Record Time</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>User</td>
<td>Content</td>
<td></td>
<td>Play</td>
<td colspan="2">Details</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-13 00:00:59</td>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>09</td>
<td></td>
<td>Motion detection alarm happened!</td>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-13 00:00:54</td>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>09</td>
<td></td>
<td>Motion detection alarm disappeared!</td>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td><strong>§</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>System Upgrade</td>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-13 00:00:45</td>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>09</td>
<td></td>
<td>Rule8 Parking Alarm Stopped.</td>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-13 00:00:45</td>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>09</td>
<td></td>
<td>Rule7 Running Alarm Stopped.</td>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td><strong>S</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Detect</td>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-13 00:00:44</td>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>09</td>
<td></td>
<td>Rule8 Parking Alarm.</td>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td><strong>S</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Disk Detection</td>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-13 00:00:44</td>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>09</td>
<td></td>
<td>Rule7 Running Alarm.</td>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td><strong>S</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-13 00:00:42</td>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>09</td>
<td></td>
<td>Rule8 Parking Alarm Stopped.</td>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td><strong>S</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-13 00:00:42</td>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>09</td>
<td></td>
<td>Rule7 Running Alarm Stopped.</td>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td><strong>S</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-13 00:00:40</td>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>09</td>
<td></td>
<td>Motion detection alarm happened!</td>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td><strong>S</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-13 00:00:39</td>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>09</td>
<td></td>
<td>Rule8 Parking Alarm.</td>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td><strong>S</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-13 00:00:35</td>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>09</td>
<td></td>
<td>Motion detection alarm disappeared!</td>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td><strong>S</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-13 00:00:32</td>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>09</td>
<td></td>
<td>Rule7 Running Alarm.</td>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td><strong>S</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-13 00:00:29</td>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>09</td>
<td></td>
<td>Motion detection alarm happened!</td>
<td></td>
<td>•</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="9"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>&lt;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>&gt;J</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">472/473 page</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>&lt;</td>
<td>1 &#8230; 470 471 472 473 &gt;</td>
<td colspan="2">jump to 0</td>
<td></td>
<td>page| go [</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Export Current Export All</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>2<sub>X</sub> Select “Channel” , “Type” , and “Start/End Time” , and click</p>
<p>“Search”.</p>
<p>3<sub>X</sub> Double-click a log in the log list to enter the &#8220;Playback&#8221; interface, as</p>
<p>shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="823" class="wp-image-1602" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-173.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 173" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 538" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-173.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-173-300x285.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-173-768x730.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-173-810x770.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The playback progress can be controlled by the playback time bar on the bottom.</li>
<li>There shall be video files at the channel and time point corresponding to the selected log and these video files can be played.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><strong>Playback Assist Function</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Single-Frame Playback</p>
<p>During video playback, single-frame playback allows checking of the detail change of the screen.</p>
<p>On the playback interface, left-click O or □ or adjust the playback speed to &#8220;Single Frame&#8221;. Step forward one frame for each click on the □ button, and step back one frame for each click on the d button.</p>
<p>The single-frame playback interface is shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="482" class="wp-image-1603" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-174.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 174" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 539" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-174.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-174-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-174-768x429.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-174-810x453.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /></p>
<p>Digital Zoom</p>
<p>The partial picture of the video is enlarged to the full screen display in the process of playback or playback pause.</p>
<p>The operation steps are as follows:</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the playback interface.</li>
<li>. Select the B button on the playback control bar to enter the digital</li>
</ol>
<p>zoom interface.</p>
<ol>
<li>.The drag bar on the top left or your mouse wheel can be used to</li>
</ol>
<p>adjust the zoom factor.</p>
<p>4.Press and hold and drag the left mouse button to see different areas.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1604" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-175.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 175" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 540" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-175.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-175-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-175-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-175-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Snapshot</p>
<p>Snapshot in the process of video playback.</p>
<p>The operation steps are as follows:</p>
<p>1.Enter the playback interface.</p>
<p>2.Select a screen and click theEl button on the playback control bar.</p>
<p><strong><em>nO</em> Note:</strong></p>
<p>• Images captured during playback need to be saved on a USB flash drive. When carrying out the snapshot operation, make sure the USB flash drive is correctly connected to the device.</p>
<p>Progress Bar Preview</p>
<p>On the playback interface, when playback mode is selected as regular playback, event playback, or label playback, and single screen is selected, the system will automatically display the time point and the images before and after the time point when your mouse slides over the play progress bar. The operation steps are as follows:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select playback mode as one of the above and start playback.</li>
<li>Hover your mouse over a section of the progress bar that has video footage, and a preview image will appear, as shown in the figure below.</li>
<li>Click any of small screens, and then locate to the time point to play.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="861" height="484" class="wp-image-1605" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-176.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 176" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 541" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-176.jpeg 861w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-176-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-176-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-176-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 861px) 100vw, 861px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1606" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-177.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 177" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 542"></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The progress bar preview operation is impossible when the decoding performance reaches the upper limit.</li>
<li>The progress bar preview operation is impossible on the current channel when no video is available at the selected time point.</li>
<li>No progress bar preview is available for non-single screen.</li>
</ul>
<p>Quick Drag to Play</p>
<p>When playing on a single screen, you can quickly drag the progress bar. In this case, the progress bar will be dragged to play video quickly to facilitate viewing.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark6"></a> Backup</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Backup allows backing up of video files in the system to the backup disk or USB storage device (USB, mobile hard disk, esata).</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Backup&#8221; to enter the backup interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1607" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-178.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 178" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 543" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-178.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-178-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-178-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-178-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click &#8220;Video Snapshot&#8221; to visually display recordings of the specified date. After the date is selected, click &#8220;OK&#8221; to help the user select the start and end time of video querying according to the date. After returning to the interface in step 1, you can check it from “Start Date”, “Start Time”, “End Date”, and “End Time”.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="530" class="wp-image-1608" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-179.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 179" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 544" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-179.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-179-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-179-768x471.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-179-810x496.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="43" class="wp-image-1609" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-180.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 180" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 545"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• Image files do not support video snapshot.</p>
<ol>
<li>After identifying the query conditions, if “Enable Backup Authentication” is checked, click on &#8220;Backup&#8221; or &#8220;Query Backup&#8221; button will display the authentication form. You need to conduct authentication first before proceeding to the next step.</li>
</ol>
<p>code verification</p>
<p>Username</p>
<p>Password</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>Confirm</p>
<ol>
<li>After identifying the query conditions, click the &#8220;Backup&#8221; button. If the backup destination is a USB storage device, it will enter the backup interface where you can select the destination folder for backup. If the backup destination is a backup disk, then proceed to the backup operation directly.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="536" class="wp-image-1610" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-181.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 181" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 546" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-181.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-181-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-181-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-181-810x502.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>After identifying the query conditions, click the &#8220;Query Backup&#8221; button for video file querying.</li>
</ol>
<p>The video query results are presented in a list or a chart manner.</p>
<p>List:</p>
<p>To play the file, click the &#8220;Playback&#8221; icon or double-click the line where the file is located.</p>
<p>Click the &#8220;Lock&#8221; icon to lock and unlock the file.</p>
<p>Chart:</p>
<p>Click to select a certain screen to play the 10s video after the time</p>
<p>point. Double-click the preview image to play it back.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="533" class="wp-image-1611" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-182.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 182" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 547" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-182.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-182-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-182-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-182-810x499.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="534" class="wp-image-1612" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-183.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 183" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 548" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-183.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-183-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-183-768x474.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-183-810x499.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the video file to back up from the list or chart, and click the &#8220;Backup&#8221; button to enter the backup screen.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark8"></a> . System Maintenance
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark10"></a> Information</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>System Information</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Information -&gt; System Information&#8221; to enter the system information interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>E</th>
<th>a</th>
<th></th>
<th>iki</th>
<th>a</th>
<th>ffll</th>
<th><strong>E</strong></th>
<th>s</th>
<th><strong>X</strong></th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>System Information Channel status Recording status Alert status Network State Disk status Online User</p>
<p>Manufacturer</p>
<p>Factory ID</p>
<p>Serial Number</p>
<p>Firmware Version</p>
<p>Hardware Version</p>
<p>UI Version</p>
<p>SDK Version</p>
<p>Web Version</p>
<p>Access Module</p>
<p>System Time</p>
<p>Information</p>
<p>Log Management</p>
<p>Configuration</p>
<p>Reset To Default</p>
<p>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</p>
<p>System Upgrade</p>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<p>Disk Detection</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>The manufacturer, serial number, kernel version, hardware version, SDK version, webpage version, UI version, and system time can be checked under System Info.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Channel Status</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Information -&gt; Channel</li>
</ol>
<p>Status&#8221; to enter the channel status interface, as shown in the figure</p>
<p>below.</p>
<p>Back</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</p>
<p>Playback</td>
<td>a</p>
<p>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>iki</p>
<p>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>s</p>
<p>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>*</p>
<p>System &#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>4</td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Information</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Log Management</td>
<td colspan="4">System Information Channel status Recording status</td>
<td colspan="2">Alert status Network State Disk status Online User</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Configuration</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Name</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Connect Status Motion</td>
<td>VideoMask</td>
<td>VideoLost</td>
<td colspan="2">Smart Alarm</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reset To Default</td>
<td>01</td>
<td>Channel 1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>02</td>
<td>Channel 2</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</td>
<td>03</td>
<td>Channel 3</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>System Upgrade</td>
<td>04</td>
<td>Channel 4</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>05</td>
<td>Channel 5</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Detect</td>
<td>06</td>
<td>Channel 6</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disk Detection</td>
<td>07</td>
<td>Channel 7</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>08</td>
<td>Channel 8</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>09</td>
<td>Channel 9</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>10</td>
<td>Channel 10</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>Channel 11</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>12</td>
<td>Channel 12</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>13</td>
<td>Channel 13</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>Channel 14</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>15</td>
<td>Channel 15</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>16</td>
<td>Channel 16</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>20</td>
<td>Channel 20</td>
<td></td>
<td>A</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td>Do not support</td>
<td colspan="2">Do not su&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>X</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Bandwidth Remain</p>
<ol>
<li>Channel number, channel name, connection status, motion detection status, video occlusion status and video loss status can be checked under Channel Status.</li>
</ol>
<p>Devices not supporting video occlusion alarm function will not</p>
<p>display the video occlusion column on the screen.</p>
<p><strong>Record Status</strong></p>
<p>1. Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Information -&gt; Recording Status&#8221; to enter the record status interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><strong>Tia ndy</strong></p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>E</th>
<th>a</th>
<th></th>
<th>iki</th>
<th>a</th>
<th>H</th>
<th></th>
<th>s</th>
<th>*</th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Information</p>
<p>Log Management</p>
<p>Configuration</p>
<p>Reset To Default</p>
<p>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</p>
<p>System Upgrade</p>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<p>Disk Detection</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Channel</th>
<th>Recording status</th>
<th>StreamType</th>
<th>FrameRate</th>
<th>BitRate</th>
<th>Resolution</th>
<th>Record Type</th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>01</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Audio/Video</td>
<td>0/25</td>
<td>0/512</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>02</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Audio/Video</td>
<td>0/25</td>
<td>0/512</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>03</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Audio/Video</td>
<td>0/25</td>
<td>0/512</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>04</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Audio/Video</td>
<td>0/25</td>
<td>0/512</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>05</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Audio/Video</td>
<td>0/25</td>
<td>0/512</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>06</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Audio/Video</td>
<td>0/25</td>
<td>0/512</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>07</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Audio/Video</td>
<td>0/25</td>
<td>0/512</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>08</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Audio/Video</td>
<td>0/25</td>
<td>0/512</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>09</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Audio/Video</td>
<td>0/25</td>
<td>0/512</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Audio/Video</td>
<td>0/25</td>
<td>0/512</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Audio/Video</td>
<td>0/25</td>
<td>0/512</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Audio/Video</td>
<td>0/25</td>
<td>0/512</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="7"></td>
<td>—</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>System Information Channel status Recording statu Alert status Network State Disk status Online User</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>When the device doesn&#8217;t record a video, please check:</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1. Whether the video template is set correctly.</td>
<td>Recording</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2. Whether the record policy is set correctly.</td>
<td>Parameter</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3. Whether the disk group or configuration is set correctly.</td>
<td>^Diskgroup All&#8230;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4. Whether the disk status is good.</td>
<td>Disk status</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>5. Channel number, recording status, stream type, real-time frame rate/set frame rate, real-time bitrate/set bitrate, video resolution, video type, compression parameters, redundancy status can be checked under Record Status.</p>
<p>6<sub>X</sub> When you click video template, video strategy and disk page setting, the HDD status can jump to the corresponding interface to view the device configuration status.</p>
<p><strong>Alert Status</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Information -&gt; Alert</li>
</ol>
<p>Status&#8221; to enter the alarm status interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>H</td>
<td></td>
<td>s</td>
<td>*</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Information</p>
<p>System Information Channel status Recording status Alert status Network State Disk status Online User</p>
<p>Log Management</p>
<p>Configuration</p>
<p>Reset To Default</p>
<p>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</p>
<p>System Upgrade</p>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<p>Disk Detection</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>No.</th>
<th></th>
<th>Alarm Name</th>
<th>Circuit Type</th>
<th>Status</th>
<th>Channel in recording</th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Inputl</td>
<td>Host Alarm Input 1</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td></td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Input?</td>
<td>Host Alarm Input ?</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Input3</td>
<td>Host Alarm Input 3</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Input4</td>
<td>Host Alarm Input 4</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Inputs</td>
<td>Host Alarm Input 5</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Input6</td>
<td>Host Alarm Input 6</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Input?</td>
<td>Host Alarm Input 7</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Inputs</td>
<td>Host Alarm Input 8</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Input9</td>
<td>Host Alarm Input 9</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Inputl 0</td>
<td>Host Alarm Input 10</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Inputl 1</td>
<td>Host Alarm Input 11</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Inputl?</td>
<td>Host Alarm Input 1?</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Outputl</td>
<td>Local Alarm Output 1</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Output?</td>
<td>Host Alarm Output 1</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Outputs</td>
<td>Host Alarm Output ?</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Output4</td>
<td>Host Alarm Output 3</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Outputs</td>
<td>Host Alarm Output 4</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Outputs</td>
<td>Host Alarm Output 5</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Output?</td>
<td>Host Alarm Output 6</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td>Outputs</td>
<td>Host Alarm Output 7</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td>Enable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Serial number, name, annunciator type, ON/OFF status, channel triggering of the local alarm and alarm host can be checked under Alarm Status.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Network State</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Information -&gt; Network State&#8221; to enter the network status interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p>System Information Channel status Recording status Alert status Network State Disk status Online User</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Information</p>
<p>Log Management</p>
<p>Configuration</p>
<p>Reset To Default</p>
<p>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</p>
<p>System Upgrade</p>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<p>Disk Detection</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>E</th>
<th>a</th>
<th></th>
<th>iki</th>
<th>a</th>
<th>H</th>
<th></th>
<th>s</th>
<th><strong>X</strong></th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Network information</th>
<th>Network card 1</th>
<th colspan="2">POE LAN Card</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAC address</td>
<td>3c:da:6d:00:13:ff</td>
<td>3c:da:6d:00:14:00</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv4 address</td>
<td>192.168.15.34</td>
<td>192.168.3.2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv4 subnet mask</td>
<td>255.255.255.0</td>
<td>255.255.255.0</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv4 default gateway</td>
<td>192.168.15.1</td>
<td>192.168.3.1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv4 Preferred DNS</td>
<td>8.8.88</td>
<td>192.168.1.1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv4 Reserved DNS</td>
<td>8.8.4.4</td>
<td>192.168.1.1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Automatically obtain IPv4 address</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 mode</td>
<td>Router announcement</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Link local address</td>
<td>fe80::3eda:6dff:fe00:13ff/64</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 address</td>
<td>fdae:5ddd:f720:0:3eda:6dffife00:13ff</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 default gateway</td>
<td>fe80::8eab:8eff:fed8:1409</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 Preferred DNS</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">IPv6 Reserved DNS</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable PPPOE or not</td>
<td>Disable</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PPPOE connection status</td>
<td>Disconnected</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PPPOE IP address</td>
<td>0.0.0.0</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PPPOE subnet mask</td>
<td>0.0.0.0</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PPPOE default gateway</td>
<td>0.0.0.0</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">&lt; &#8211; &gt;1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li>Network card-related network information can be checked under</li>
</ol>
<p>Network Status.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• Devices not supporting dual network cards will not display the</p>
<p>network card 2 column on the screen.</p>
<p><strong>Disk Status</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Information -&gt; Disk</li>
</ol>
<p>Status&#8221; to enter the HDD status interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1613" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-184.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 184" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 549" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-184.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-184-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-184-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-184-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>HDD number, SMART detection status, size, idle, property, disk pack, total remaining capacity and total capacity of all hard disks can be checked under HDD status.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Online User</strong></p>
<p>1. Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Information -&gt; Online</p>
<p>User&#8221; to enter the online users interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1614" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-185.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 185" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 550" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-185.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-185-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-185-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-185-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark12"></a> 4.10.2 Log Management</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Log Management&#8221; to</li>
</ol>
<p>enter the log querying interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Information</p>
<p>Log Management</p>
<p>Configuration</p>
<p>Reset To Default</p>
<p>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</p>
<p>System Upgrade</p>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<p>Disk Detection</p>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<p>iki</p>
<p>VCA</p>
<p>O H3 S</p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230;</p>
<p>*</p>
<p>| System</p>
<p>Channel All</p>
<p>Type All</p>
<p>Record Time</p>
<p>Type</p>
<p>Channel User</p>
<p>Start Time</p>
<p>End Time</p>
<p>Content</p>
<p>2020-03-13 j|| 00:00 ©</p>
<p>2020-03-13 H 23:59 ©] | Search</p>
<p>Play Details</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="26" class="wp-image-1615" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-186.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 186" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 551"></p>
<p>1/1 page</p>
<p>Export Current Export All</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>After selecting query conditions such as channel, type, start and end times, click &#8220;Query&#8221; button for log querying.</li>
<li>After logs are obtained, you can use the button to select the previous page or next page to view the logs, or input the number of pages. Click OK to jump to the page, select the log and click to check log details. Select alarm logs and click O to preview the video in the alarm time period.</li>
<li>Log export operation:</li>
<li>To export the current page: After querying the log, click &#8220;Export Current Page&#8221; to display the following form. Select the path and click &#8220;OK&#8221; to backup the log on the currently viewed page to the specified path.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Device</th>
<th>USBl-l v</th>
</tr>
</thead>
</table>
<p>Log export</p>
<p>Refresh</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>New Folder |</th>
<th></th>
<th>Delete</th>
<th></th>
<th>Confirm</th>
<th></th>
<th>Cancel</th>
</tr>
</thead>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Name</td>
<td>Size</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Modification Time</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>— ..</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td>2020-03-13 14:26:25</td>
<td><strong>&#8211;</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>System Volume Information</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td>2020-03-02 23:17:20</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3.box</td>
<td>139B</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>2020-03-05 15:41:16</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>—? 20200313</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td>2020-03-13 13:32:26</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>.Spotlight-VlOO</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td>2020-03-03 16:12:14</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8220;J uuu.box</td>
<td>139B</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>2020-03-13 09:40:20</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>“* .Trashes</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td>2020-03-04 00:36:04</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TJ&#8217; screen shot</td>
<td></td>
<td>Folder</td>
<td>2020-03-13 14:28:49</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>f Chn_Para202003051540.xls</td>
<td>19.00K</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>2020-03-05 15:40:04</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Q* Lilly.jpg</td>
<td>87.48K</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>2020-03-13 00:46:02</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>“J Chn_Para202003130938.xls</td>
<td>18.50K</td>
<td>File</td>
<td>2020-03-13 09:38:36</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>&lt;1^</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&gt;</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Remaining Space</p>
<ol>
<li>To export all pages: Click &#8220;Export All Pages&#8221; to export all the logs that have been obtained. The backup path operation is the same as above.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark14"></a> 4.10.3 Configuration</p>
<p>Configuration Export</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Configuration -&gt; Configuration Export&#8221; to enter the config export interface, as shown in the figure below. Performing the &#8220;Export&#8221; operation on configuration files of the device will facilitate timely backup of configuration file.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>H</td>
<td><strong>E</strong></td>
<td>s</td>
<td>*</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Information</p>
<p>Configuration Export Configuration Import Log Management</p>
<p>Configuration ._ . .</p>
<p>Export to U</p>
<p>Reset To Default</p>
<p>File name</p>
<p>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</p>
<p>System Upgrade</p>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<p>Disk Detection</p>
<p>Export j | Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Select Config Export and add the export file name and destination to export device configurations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Configuration Import</strong></p>
<p>1. Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Configuration -&gt; Configuration Import&#8221; for import operation. If the same configuration is used for multiple devices, the &#8220;Import&#8221; operation will allow saving device configuration time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="55" class="wp-image-1616" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-187.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 187" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 552" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-187.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-187-300x19.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-187-768x49.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-187-810x52.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1617" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-188.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 188" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 553"></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Information</p>
<p>Log Management</p>
<p>Configuration</p>
<p>Reset To Default</p>
<p>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</p>
<p>System Upgrade</p>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<p>Disk Detection</p>
<p>E a sisi</p>
<p>Playback Backup Alert Ma&#8230; VCA</p>
<p>Configuration Export Configuration Import</p>
<p>Import file list</p>
<p>3.box uuu.box</p>
<p>D H</p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230;</p>
<p><strong>B S X</strong></p>
<p>Alarm Se&#8230; Systems&#8230; System&#8230;</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>The device will restart automatically after successful import.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark16"></a> 4.10.4 Reset To Default</p>
<p>Reset To Default</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Reset To Default &#8221; to enter the restore defaults interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th><strong>Tiandy</strong></th>
<th>E</p>
<p>Playback</th>
<th>a</p>
<p>Backup</th>
<th>&amp; iki</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230; VCA</th>
<th>a</p>
<p>Cameras</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Information</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Factory default configuration</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log Management</td>
<td><strong>All</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Configuration</td>
<td>1 I All</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reset To Default</td>
<td>1 Network</td>
<td></td>
<td>Alarm</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</td>
<td>Storage</td>
<td></td>
<td>I Channel</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>System Upgrade</td>
<td>System</td>
<td></td>
<td>Preview</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disk Detection</td>
<td colspan="3">Restore to factory default setting and reboot, continue ?</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>ffll</strong></p>
<p>Storage &#8230;</p>
<p><strong>E</strong></p>
<p>Alarm Se&#8230;</p>
<p>s</p>
<p>System S&#8230;</p>
<p><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>System &#8230;</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>The users can select the module to restore defaults according to their own needs. Click the &#8220;Continue&#8221; button, and the selected module will be restored to default configurations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>nO</em> Note:</strong></p>
<p>• The device will restart automatically after restoring the defaults.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark18"></a> Automatic Maintenance</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Automatic Maintenance -&gt; Device Maintenance&#8221; to enter the device maintenance setting interface, as shown in the figure below, where you can set the device name, number and automatic restart time.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tiandy EaAiiiioiSfflsx</strong></p>
<p>Playback Backup Alert Ma&#8230; VCA Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230; System &#8230;</p>
<p>Information</p>
<p>, <sub>t</sub> Auto Reboot Each year xz IMonth x/I IDay 00:00</p>
<p>Log Management</p>
<p>Configuration</p>
<p>Reset To Default</p>
<p>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</p>
<p>System Upgrade</p>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<p>Disk Detection</p>
<p>Apply Back</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark20"></a> . System Upgrade</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; System Upgrade -&gt; Cloud Upgrade&#8221; to enter the cloud upgrade interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>H</td>
<td></td>
<td>s</td>
<td>X</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Information</p>
<p>Cloud Update Upgrade from local Upgrade from FTP</p>
<p>Log Management</p>
<p>Configuration _ . .</p>
<p>Current Version</p>
<p>Reset To Default <sub>f</sub></p>
<p>Latest Version Manual Detect</p>
<p>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</p>
<p>Release Date</p>
<p>System Upgrade</p>
<p>Automatically detect the NVR new version</p>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<p>Disk Detection</p>
<p>Click Manual Detection to check whether there is the latest version available. If there is a new version available, click Upgrade to upgrade to the new version.</p>
<p>1 Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; System Upgrade -&gt; Upgrade from local&#8221; to enter the local file upgrade interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Information</p>
<p>Log Management</p>
<p>Configuration</p>
<p>Reset To Default</p>
<p>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</p>
<p>System Upgrade</p>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<p>Disk Detection</p>
<p>E a sisi</p>
<p>Playback Backup Alert Ma&#8230; VCA</p>
<p>Cloud Update Upgrade from local Upgrade from FTP</p>
<p>File Name</p>
<p>o H E S X</p>
<p>Cameras Storage&#8230; Alarm Se&#8230; Systems&#8230; System&#8230;</p>
<p>Files</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Click Browse to select the file you want to upgrade, and then upgrade it, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="523" class="wp-image-1618" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-189.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 189" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 554" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-189.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-189-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-189-768x465.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-189-810x490.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>3<sub>X</sub> Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; System Upgrade -&gt;</p>
<p>Upgrade from FTP&#8221; to enter the FTP upgrade interface, as shown in</p>
<p>the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1619" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-190.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 190" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 555"></p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Information</p>
<p>Log Management</p>
<p>Configuration</p>
<p>Reset To Default</p>
<p>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</p>
<p>System Upgrade</p>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<p>Disk Detection</p>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>A</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<p>■id</p>
<p>VCA</p>
<p>D H</p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230;</p>
<p>Cloud Update Upgrade from local Upgrade from FTP</p>
<p>Server 192.168.001.001</p>
<p>Username</p>
<p>Password I Upgrade</p>
<p>E S</p>
<p>Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230;</p>
<p><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>System &#8230;</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After the upgrade is successful, the device will automatically restart and the new version comes into effect after restart.</li>
<li>If it is suggested that the upgrade fails or the equipment cannot operate normally after restart, please contact your vendor for solutions.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark22"></a> Network Detect</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Network Detect -&gt; Packet Backup&#8221; to enter the packet snapshot backup interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p>| Status Detect j</p>
<p>USB1-1 | Refresh |</p>
<p>Packet Backup</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>H</td>
<td></td>
<td>s</td>
<td>*</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Information</p>
<p>Packet Backup Network Flow Network Resources Statistics Log Management</p>
<p>Configuration</p>
<p>Reset To Default</p>
<p>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</p>
<p>System Upgrade</p>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<p>Network Card Selection</p>
<p>Destination Address</p>
<p>Current Network Card</p>
<p>Device</p>
<p>Network cardl</p>
<p>Test</p>
<p>©</p>
<p>Disk Detection</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>In the network testing field, enter the destination address to test whether the address can be pinged through.</li>
<li>Click the &#8220;Packet Snapshot Backup&#8221; button to capture the current network card and save it to the specified storage medium.</li>
<li>Click the &#8220;Status Detection&#8221; button to check whether the gateway and DNS of the current network card are accessible.</li>
<li>Select the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Network Detect -&gt;Network Flow&#8221; interface to view and display real-time network data, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tia ndy</strong></p>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>O H3 S</p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230;</p>
<p><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>System &#8230;</p>
<p>Information</p>
<p>Log Management</p>
<p>Configuration</p>
<p>Reset To Default</p>
<p>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</p>
<p>System Upgrade</p>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<p>Disk Detection</p>
<p>Packet Backup Network Flow Network Resources Statistics</p>
<p>Network Flow Network cardl</p>
<p>Uploading Speed</p>
<p>Downloading Speed</p>
<p>Total uploading flow</p>
<p>Total downloading flow</p>
<p>Refresh Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Network Detect -&gt; Network Resource Statistics&#8221; interface to check the usage of network resources, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>Information</p>
<p>Log Management</p>
<p>Configuration</p>
<p>Reset To Default</p>
<p>Automatic Mainta&#8230;</p>
<p>System Upgrade</p>
<p>Network Detect</p>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>zto</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<p>■id</p>
<p>VCA</p>
<p>Packet Backup Network Flow Network Resources Statistics</p>
<p>Disk Detection</p>
<p>D H</p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230;</p>
<p>E S</p>
<p>Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230;</p>
<p>X</p>
<p>System &#8230;</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Type</th>
<th>Broadband</th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Digital channel access</td>
<td>0Mb</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote preview</td>
<td>0Mb</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote replay and download</td>
<td>0Mb</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network receiving remaining</td>
<td>400Mb</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Sending remaining</td>
<td>200Mb</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Refresh Back</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark24"></a> . Disk Detection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>S.M.A.R.T.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Disk Detection -&gt;</li>
</ol>
<p>S.M.A.R.T.&#8221; to enter the SMART setting interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1620" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-191.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 191" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 556" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-191.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-191-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-191-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-191-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the disk to detect and check &#8220;Enable S.M.A.R.T Detection&#8221; to enable the S.M.A.R.T detection function of the disk. S.M.A.R.T detection information is displayed in the corresponding interface.</li>
<li>When &#8220;Do not use the HDD when it fails self-assessment&#8221;, do not use the HDD if there is any problem with the self-assessment after the S.M.A.R.T test.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Bad Track Detection</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Maintenance -&gt; Disk Detection -&gt; Bad</li>
</ol>
<p>Track Detection&#8221; to enter the bad track detection interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1621" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-192.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 192" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 557" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-192.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-192-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-192-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-192-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the hard disk and detection method and click the Detection button to enter the detection status.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1622" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-193.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 193" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 558" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-193.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-193-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-193-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-193-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click Pause to suspend the bad track detection; Click Restore to resume the bad track detection;</li>
<li>Click Cancel to cancel the bad track detection;</li>
<li>Click the Error Message button to check the bad track of the hard disk.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The Error Message button is available only if the number of errors on the hard disk is greater than 0.</li>
<li>When the number of errors on the hard disk is 100, bad trace</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="60" class="wp-image-1623" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-194.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 194" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 559"> detection stops.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="60" class="wp-image-1624" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-195.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 195" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 560"> &#8220;means the corresponding area of the hard disk is in good</p>
<p>condition,&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;means the corresponding area of the hard disk is</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="61" class="wp-image-1625" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-196.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 196" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 561"></p>
<p>damaged,&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;means the corresponding area of the hard disk is</p>
<p>shielded.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark26"></a> System Setting</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>For unified management of device attributes in the system.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark28"></a> General Setting</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Basic Setting</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; General Setting -&gt; Basic Setting&#8221; to enter the basic setting interface, as shown in the figure below, where you can set the local output display parameters of the device.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>General Setting</p>
<p>Network Setting</p>
<p>Preview Setting</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>Other Setting</p>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>A</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<p>Basic Setting Time Setting Plan Setting</p>
<p>■id</p>
<p>VCA</p>
<p>D H E</p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230;</p>
<p>s</p>
<p>System S&#8230;</p>
<p><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>System &#8230;</p>
<p>Language English</p>
<p>Screensaver Time 5 Mins</p>
<p>Device Name DVRS</p>
<p>Device ID 18</p>
<p>Mouse Cursor Speed — + 80</p>
<p>Enable Startup Guide</p>
<p>Hide icon of video, alarm and facial recognition on preview interface</p>
<p>I I Send warning if equipment decoding performance reaches up limit</p>
<p>I | Allow access of third-party IPCs H265</p>
<p>Enable screen resolution adaptive reminder</p>
<p>Hidden target detection face attribute</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1626" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-197.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 197" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 562"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• Language: Selects the system language.</p>
<ul>
<li>Screensaver Time: Selects the interface timeout time.</li>
<li>Enable Startup Guided: Selects whether to enable boot wizard settings.</li>
<li>Buzzer when pressing button: Turns on the buzzer.</li>
<li>Hide icon of video, alarm and facial recognition on preview interface: Selects whether to display video, alarm, face recognition icons on the preview interface.</li>
<li>Send warning if equipment decording performance reaches up llimit: Selects whether to display the prompt message when the decoding performance reaches the upper limit.</li>
<li>Mouse Cursor speed: Selects the mouse movement speed, 0-100 adjustable.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Time Setting</strong></p>
<p>1. Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; General Setting -&gt; Time Setting&#8221; to enter the time setting interface, as shown in the figure below, where you can set system time, time zone, and NTP timing parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>H</td>
<td><strong>E</strong></td>
<td>s</td>
<td>X</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>General Setting</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Network Setting</p>
<p>Preview Setting</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>Other Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td>Ba</td>
<td colspan="2">sic Setting Time Setting Plan Setting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td>TimeZone (GMT+08:00)Beijing,Urumchi,Singapore xzi</p>
<p>Time Format yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss xz</p>
<p><sup>Time</sup> 2020-03-13 j|| 15:05:10 ©]</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>StartTime j<sub>an</sub> xz First xz Sun xz 00 xz O&#8217;clock</p>
<p>StopTime j<sub>3n</sub> xz First xz Sun xz 00 xz O&#8217;clock</p>
<p>DST Bias jsOMin xz</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>MTP QpfHnri </strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>IP Address 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>Port Setting 123</p>
<p>Interval(Minute) 60</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back</p>
<p><strong>Plan Setting</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; General Setting -&gt; Plan Setting&#8221; to enter the preplan setting interface, as shown in the figure below. When an alarm situation occurs, the linkage preplan is displayed on the preview interface, and the on-duty personnel shall deal with it according to the preplan, such as alarming, notification, asking for helps, etc.</li>
<li>Click the preplan name or preplan content to directly edit them, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="457" class="wp-image-1627" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-198.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 198" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 563" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-198.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-198-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-198-768x403.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-198-810x425.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="686" height="401" class="wp-image-1628" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-199.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 199" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 564" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-199.jpeg 686w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-199-300x175.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 686px) 100vw, 686px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark30"></a> 4.11.2 Network Setting</p>
<p>Network Card</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Network Setting -&gt; Network</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="457" class="wp-image-1629" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-200.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 200" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 565" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-200.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-200-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-200-768x403.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-200-810x425.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="194" height="272" class="wp-image-1630" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-201.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 201" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 566"></p>
<p>Card&#8221; to enter the network card setting interface.</p>
<ol>
<li>Choose to automatically obtain or manually set the IP address. If auto obtain is selected, the system will automatically obtain the IP address from the DHCP in the network.</li>
<li>When selecting &#8220;Automatically obtain IPv4 address&#8221;, information including device&#8217;s IP address, subnet mask, and gateway should be specified.</li>
<li>Aggregated options. There are three modes in the drop-down box: multiple access, load balance and redundancy:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Network multiple access: In this mode, Network Card 1 and Network Card 2 work independently.</li>
<li>Load balance: In this mode, the network load is evenly shared by two network cards.</li>
<li>Network redundancy: In this mode, one network card works and the other is in standby mode. Once the working network card fails, the standby one will be immediately started to complete the seamless connection of network switching.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>If multiple access mode is enabled, the configuration method of network card 2 is the same as that of network card 1.</li>
<li>Click the &#8220;Apply&#8221; button to make the settings effective.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>This interface is displayed only for devices with dual network cards, and aggregated options are unavailable for devices without dual network cards.</li>
<li>Once the aggregation mode is set, the network parameters of network card 2 will be automatically filled in, with no need of user intervention.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>PSE Network Card</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>PSE series NVR models support PSE network card settings. This setting is unavailable for other models.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Network Setting -&gt; Network Card&#8221; to enter the network card setting interface and select the PSE network card.</li>
</ol>
<p>I | Automatically obtain IPv4 address</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IPv4 address</td>
<td>192.168.15 .34</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv4 subnet mask</td>
<td>255.255.255.0</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv4 default gateway</td>
<td>1192.168.15 .1</p>
<p>H Get DNS automatically</td>
<td><sup>1</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preferred DNS</td>
<td>8 .8 .8 .8</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reserved DNS</td>
<td>8 .8 .4 .4</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>W IPv6 setting</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<p>iili D H E</p>
<p>VCA Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230;</p>
<p>s</p>
<p>System S&#8230;</p>
<p>X</p>
<p>System &#8230;</p>
<p>General Setting</p>
<p>Network Setting</p>
<p>Preview Setting</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>Other Setting</p>
<p>Network card PPPOE Black and white name list DDNS FTP Email</p>
<p>SIP UPNP Web Service</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Polymerization Option</th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Network card</td>
<td>Network cardl v</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC address</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU (bytes)</td>
<td>1500</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>▼ IPv4 setting</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>After setting the network address, the network address of the plug&amp;play camera will be automatically set to the address of the network segment.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• This interface will not be displayed for non-PSE devices.</p>
<p><strong>PPPOE</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Network Setting -&gt; PPPOE&#8221; to enter the PPPOE setting interface.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="364" height="244" class="wp-image-1631" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-202.png" alt="word image 1428 202" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 567" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-202.png 364w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-202-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 364px) 100vw, 364px" /></p>
<p>General Setting</p>
<p>Network Setting</p>
<p>Preview Setting</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>Other Setting</p>
<p>Network card PPPOE Black and white name list DDNS FTP Email</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>H</td>
<td></td>
<td>s</td>
<td>X</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>SIP UPNP Web Service</p>
<p>Connect Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Set whether to dial automatically on startup.</li>
<li>Enter the account and password of PPPOE dial.</li>
<li>Click the &#8220;Connect&#8221; button to immediately start the PPPOE dial operation.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; button to save the setting of PPPOE dial into the system. If the &#8220;Auto Dial on Startup&#8221; is selected, the system will automatically dial in the next startup.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>NO</em> Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>This interface is not displayed for devices not supporting PPPOE.</li>
<li>If you cannot dial properly due to network interruption or change of the modem, please manually click the &#8220;Disconnect&#8221; button and then try again.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Black and White Name List</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Network Setting -&gt; Black and</li>
</ol>
<p>White Name List&#8221; to enter the black and white list setting interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1632" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-203.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 203" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 568" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-203.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-203-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-203-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-203-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>2. Choose the way how IP right is used: &#8220;Disable&#8221;, &#8220;Whitelist&#8221; or</p>
<p>&#8220;Blacklist&#8221;.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the IP address that needs to be disabled or enabled in the IP address input box.</li>
<li>Click the &#8220;Add&#8221; button to add the IP address to the list.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the configurations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>DDNS</strong></p>
<p>1, Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Network Setting</p>
<p>-&gt;DDNS&#8221; to enter the DDNS setting interface.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>H</td>
<td></td>
<td>s</td>
<td>X</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>General Setting</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Network Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td>Network card PPPOE Black and white name list DDNS FTP Email SIP UPNP Web Service</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Preview Setting</p>
<p>Enable</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Server Domain</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>DDNS Domain</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>DDNS ID</p>
<p>Other Setting</p>
<p>DDNS Password</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Set whether to enable the DDNS service.</li>
<li>Enter the device domain name.</li>
<li>Enter the domain name or IP address of the DDNS server.</li>
<li>Enter the login account and password of the DDNS server.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; button to save the configurations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>FTP</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Network Setting -&gt; FTP&#8221; to enter the FTP setting interface.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tia ndy E 3 A iia a</strong></p>
<p>Playback Backup Alert Ma&#8230; VCA Cameras</p>
<p><strong>H E</strong></p>
<p>Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230;</p>
<p>s</p>
<p>System S&#8230;</p>
<p><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>System &#8230;</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>General Setting</th>
<th colspan="2"></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Network Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td>Network card PPPOE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Setting</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>Other Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td>FTP Server Address</p>
<p>Port Number</p>
<p>Path</p>
<p>Username</p>
<p>Password</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Black and white name list DDNS FTP</p>
<p>192.168.1.1</p>
<p>21</p>
<p>Email SIP UPNP Web Service</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the server address, port number, account and password of the FTP server.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; button to save the configurations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Email</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Network Settings -&gt;Email&#8221; to enter the Email setting interface.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>General Setting</td>
<td>e a</p>
<p>Playback Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>iki</p>
<p>VCA</td>
<td>a</p>
<p>Cameras</td>
<td>a</p>
<p>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>E</strong></p>
<p>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>s</p>
<p>System S&#8230;</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>System .</td>
<td></td>
<td>A</td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Setting</td>
<td>Network card PPPOE</td>
<td colspan="2">Black and white name list DDNS</td>
<td>FTP</td>
<td>Email</td>
<td>SIP UPNP</td>
<td>Web Service</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Setting</td>
<td>Email Server Address</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disk Management</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Port Number</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td>[</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Error Management</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Username</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td>I<sup>&#8211;</sup></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Management</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>—</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Password</td>
<td>*</td>
<td></td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Other Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>1.</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Log Mode</td>
<td>off</td>
<td></td>
<td>V</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td colspan="2">Not Encrypted</td>
<td>V</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td></td>
<td>—</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Subject</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td>!</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Main Email Address</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td>1&#8242;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Email Address 1</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td>T</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Email Address 2</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Email Address 3</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Test</td>
<td>1 ■ Apply 1</td>
<td><strong>■ n</strong></td>
<td>Back</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li>Enter the server address, port number, account, password, encryption mode, recipient address and subject of the Email server.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; button to save the set parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>SIP</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Network Setting -&gt; SIP&#8221; to enter the SIP interface.</li>
</ol>
<p>General Setting</p>
<p>Network Setting</p>
<p>Preview Setting</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>Other Setting</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>H</td>
<td></td>
<td>s</td>
<td>X</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Network card PPPOE Black and white name list DDNS FTP Email SIP UPNP Web Service</p>
<p>Address 1192.168.3 .200 Port ,5060 (1~65535)</p>
<p>Server ID 34020000002000000001 Device ID 34020000001110000011</p>
<p>User Name Admin Password ********</p>
<p>Heartbeat Inte&#8230; 60 Heart Rate 3</p>
<p>RegValidity 100 ] (l~2000000000)</p>
<p>Select Channel [01]Channel 1 Channel ID 987654321021111112</p>
<p>Alarm Input Remote Alarm Input 1 v Alarm Input No. 987654321021111112</p>
<p>Auto Filling Set j j Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter address, server ID, account, heartbeat interval, term of validity, port, device ID, password, heartbeat rate, channel selection, channel number, alarm input and alarm input number.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; button to save the set parameters.</li>
<li>Click the &#8220;Auto Fill&#8221; button, and the channel number and alarm input number of the current channel will be incremented by one in turn.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UPNP</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Network Setting -&gt; UPNP&#8221; to enter the UPNP interface.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="688" height="242" class="wp-image-1633" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-204.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 204" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 569" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-204.jpeg 688w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-204-300x106.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 688px) 100vw, 688px" /></p>
<p>General Setting</p>
<p>Network Setting</p>
<p>Preview Setting</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>Other Setting</p>
<p><strong>E</strong></p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p><strong>a</strong></p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<p>iili D H E</p>
<p>VCA Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230;</p>
<p>s</p>
<p>System S&#8230;</p>
<p>X</p>
<p>System &#8230;</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Check the “Enable” option to enable “Mapping Type” check box.</li>
<li>When &#8220;Mapping Type&#8221; is selected as “Auto”, the default external port is used for corresponding services; when “Manual” is selected, the external port can be edited and then used for corresponding services. HTTP port and RTSP external port support 1-65535, and external ports for service ports support 1-65534.</li>
<li>Click the &#8220;Save&#8221; button to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Network Services </strong>1. Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Network Setting -&gt; Network</p>
<p>Service&#8221; to enter the network service interface.</p>
<p>General Setting</p>
<p>Network Setting</p>
<p>Preview Setting</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>Other Setting</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>H</td>
<td></td>
<td>s</td>
<td>X</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Network card PPPOE Black and white name list DDNS FTP Email</p>
<p>SIP UPNP Web Service</p>
<p>FTP Port 21</p>
<p>HTTP Port 80</p>
<p>□ Enable SNMP</p>
<p>RTSP</p>
<p>RTSP Port 554</p>
<p>rtsp://&lt;username&gt;:&lt;password&gt;@&lt;ip&gt;:&lt;port&gt;/&lt;channel&gt;/&lt;stream&gt;</p>
<p>channel:channel,l to N;stream:Stream type,Main stream 1,Sub-stream 2,third &#8230;</p>
<p>Sample:rtsp://admin:admin@l 92.168.1.3:554/1/I</p>
<p>v Start the intranet for searching</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>The FTP and HTTP ports of the device can be modified on this interface, where you can also set whether SNMP service is enabled or not.</li>
<li>Check the “Enable Intranet search” option to search devices in</li>
</ol>
<p>different segments under the same route.</p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark32"></a> 4.11.3 Disk Management</p>
<p>Basic Configuration</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Disk Management -&gt; Basic Configuration&#8221; to enter the basic setting interface. When the device is connected to two or more disks and configured as the same disk pack, the edit column in the list displays Z. Click Z to modify the purpose of the disk, including read-write, backup, redundancy, and read-only.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>H</td>
<td><strong>E</strong></td>
<td>s</td>
<td>X</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td>* o</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>General Setting</p>
<p>, „ . Basic Configuration NFS Setting</p>
<p>Network Setting</p>
<p>Preview Setting</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>Other Setting</p>
<p>Device Size Used Free Sleep Attribute Disk Group Edit</p>
<p>| □ SATAI 9.04T |6.54T |2.50T |N R/W |1 | —</p>
<p>| □ USB1 7.23G 1.13G 6.10G N Backup &#8212; &#8211;</p>
<p>2.50T/9.04T(Balance Capacity/Total Capacity)</p>
<p>| [ Disk recovery j [ Initialization</p>
<ol>
<li>The interface can display the total remaining capacity and total capacity of the current HDD and virtual disk.</li>
<li>Hot-swap. Select a disk from the disk list and click the &#8220;Hot-swap&#8221; button. The system will display “Hot-swap will lead to the offline of the disk, which can only be online by restarting the device or plugging the disk.”</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1634" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-205.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 205" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 570"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• The hot plug button is disabled for devices that do not support hot plug function.</p>
<ol>
<li>HDD detection. Sets whether all disks are detected when the device is powered off and restarted, and whether corrupted disks are fixed. Click the &#8220;Disk Detection&#8221; button to display the disk detection form, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p>Disk recovery</p>
<p>Device will detect all disks after power off reboot.</p>
<p>Repair damaged disks</p>
<p>Confirm</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<ol>
<li>Initialization: Initializes the selected disk, and an initialization format can be selected for the USB flash drive.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1635" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-206.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 206" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 571"></p>
<p>Do</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Disk initialization</p>
<p>Caution: Disk initializing will erase all data and take up big part of the system capacity, please close other applications, continue?</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>• The file system is not displayed for devices that does not support</p>
<p>the initialization format selection for the USB flash drive.</p>
<p><strong>NFS Setting</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Disk Management -&gt; NFS</li>
</ol>
<p>Setting&#8221; to enter the NFS setting interface.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>H</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>X</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>General Setting</p>
<p>, _ Basic Configuration NFS Setting</p>
<p>Network Setting</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Preview Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td>Web Storage(NFS) &#8211;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disk Management</td>
<td></td>
<td>Server 0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</td>
<td></td>
<td>Directory /nfs</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Other Setting</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the IP address (domain name) and directory of the &#8220;NFS&#8221; service.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the configurations.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark34"></a> 4.11.4 Array Management</p>
<p>TC-NR2020M7-E8, TC-NR2040M7-E8, TC-NR2080M7-E8,</p>
<p>TC-NR2080M7-E16, TC-NR2160M7-E16, TC-NR2020M7-S,</p>
<p>TC-NR2040M7-S8 and TC-NR2080M7-S8 support disk array. Disk array shall be set before being used.</p>
<p><strong>Physical Disk</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Settings -&gt; Array Management -&gt; Physical Disk&#8221; to enter the physical disk interface, where the basic information of all physical disks of the current device is displayed, including capacity, related array, disk type, disk status and disk model.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>E</th>
<th>a</th>
<th></th>
<th>iki</th>
<th>a</th>
<th>H</th>
<th></th>
<th>s</th>
<th>X</th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Physical Disk Array</p>
<p>Disk No. Capacity Array Type Status Model</p>
<p>General Setting</p>
<p>Network Setting</p>
<p>Preview Setting</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Array Management</p>
<p>Hot-spare Setting</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>Other Setting</p>
<p>Array Name</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>Enable Array</p>
<ol>
<li>Enable array. Check &#8220;Enable Array&#8221; and the operation will take effect after reboot.</li>
<li>One-key config. After entering &#8220;Array Name&#8221;, click the One-key Config button, and the device will automatically create an array.</li>
<li>Disk setting. After selecting a disk, click the &#8220;Disk Setting&#8221; button to set the disk as &#8220;Idle Disk&#8221;, &#8220;Array Hot Standby Disk&#8221; or &#8220;Global Hot Standby Disk&#8221;.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="524" class="wp-image-1636" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-207.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 207" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 572" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-207.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-207-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-207-768x465.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-207-810x491.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="43" class="wp-image-1637" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-208.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 208" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 573"></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Rules for creating arrays with One-key Config: The system first creates a global hot standby disk and then creates up to 3 RAID5 arrays based on the number of remaining disks. At least three hard disks are required to create a RAID5 array and up to 8 disks are supported; If there are less than 3 disks left, set the remaining disks as idle disks.</li>
<li>The device supports only one global hot standby disk.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Array</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Settings -&gt; Array Management -&gt; Array&#8221; to enter the array interface.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1638" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-209.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 209" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 574" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-209.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-209-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-209-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-209-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Create an array. Click the &#8220;Create Array&#8221; button to enter the Create Array interface, as shown in the figure below. To create an array, you must specify a array name, array type, physical disk that makes up the array, and the hot standby disk number. When all the information is set, click the OK button to start creating the array.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="860" height="587" class="wp-image-1639" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-210.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 210" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 575" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-210.jpeg 860w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-210-300x205.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-210-768x524.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-210-810x553.jpeg 810w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-210-145x100.jpeg 145w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-210-380x260.jpeg 380w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-210-634x433.jpeg 634w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 860px) 100vw, 860px" /></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Array hot backup disks are not supported for JBOD and RaidO.</li>
<li>Each array supports only one array hot standby disk.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Rebuild array. When an array is &#8220;Degraded&#8221;, the array can be rebuilt. Select the disk number to be substituted into the array and click the OK button to begin rebuilding.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="566" class="wp-image-1640" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-211.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 211" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 576" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-211.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-211-300x196.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-211-768x503.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-211-810x530.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>5, Delete array. Select the array to delete from the array list and click the</p>
<p>&#8220;Delete&#8221; button to delete the selected array from the system.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="524" class="wp-image-1641" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-212.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 212" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 577" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-212.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-212-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-212-768x465.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-212-810x491.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark36"></a> 4.11.5 Hot-spare Setting</p>
<p>Enable the hot standby system (Note: The hot standby function is unavailable for 4- and 8-channel NVR and PSE series NVR). When a device in the hot standby system fails, the system will automatically switch to the hot standby unit which will work to ensure the continuity of video recording.</p>
<p>A hot standby system consists of several active units and hot standby units. An active unit can be set with up to 16 hot standby units. When the hot standby unit detects that the active unit is disconnected, the hot standby unit will actively connect to the front IPC connected to the active unit and start recording. When the hot standby unit detects that the active unit is connected, it will actively disconnect from the front IPC and upload the previous backup video to the active unit.</p>
<p><strong>Active Unit Setting</strong></p>
<p>1. Select &#8220;System Settings -&gt; Hot-spare Setting&#8221; from the Main Menu to enter the hot standby setting interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1642" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-213.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 213" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 578" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-213.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-213-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-213-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-213-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>2. Select the Normal working mode.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check Enable Hot Standby, set the IP address of the hot standby unit, and click &#8220;Add&#8221;; or select the IP to delete and click &#8220;Delete&#8221;.</li>
<li>After the specified hot standby unit is set and connected to the system successfully, the working status will be updated to &#8220;Connected Successfully&#8221;; When the hot standby unit actively uploads the backup video files, the working status is shown as &#8220;Sync Now&#8221;, and the synchronization progress bar shows the synchronization percentage.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Hot Standby Unit Setting</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;System Settings -&gt; Hot-spare Setting &#8221; from the Main Menu to enter the hot standby setting interface.</li>
<li>Select the Hot Standby mode.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1643" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-214.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 214" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 579" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-214.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-214-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-214-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-214-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the &#8220;Apply&#8221; button, and the system prompts that the device needs to be restarted to make the setting effective.</li>
<li>When the device restarts and enters the hot standby working mode, the main interface of the system will change accordingly, and only hot standby setting, video setting, system setting, user management and shutdown options are available.</li>
<li>Select &#8220;System Setting -&gt; Hot-spare Setting &#8221; from the Main Menu to enter the hot standby setting interface.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="646" height="361" class="wp-image-1644" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-215.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 215" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 580" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-215.jpeg 646w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-215-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 646px) 100vw, 646px" /></p>
<p>Hot-spa re Setting</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy ® I s @ *</strong></p>
<p>Hot-spar&#8230; Storage&#8230; Systems&#8230; System&#8230; 0 Q</p>
<p>Operation Mode Hot-spare Mode</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the &#8220;Refresh&#8221; button to display active units with hot standby function enabled in the active unit list. Select the active unit to set hot standby mode.</li>
<li>Click the &#8220;Add&#8221; button, and the system will prompt you to enter the login username and password of this active unit. After verification, the IP and connection status of the active unit will be displayed in the active unit status list. If the password is wrong, the active unit status list will also show the IP of the active unit, but the status of the hot standby unit will be shown as “Connection failed”.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the configurations.</li>
<li>On the hot standby configuration interface of the hot standby unit, select &#8220;Normal mode&#8221; to switch the hot standby unit back to the active unit.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="34" height="36" class="wp-image-1645" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-216.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 216" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 581"></p>
<p><strong>otes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After the hot standby unit is changed to the active unit, the defaults should be restored manually.</li>
<li>The system time of the active unit shall be the same as that of the hot standby unit.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark38"></a> 4.11.6 Error Management</p>
<p>Network error</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Error Management -&gt; Network error&#8221; to enter the network exception setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1646" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-217.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 217" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 582" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-217.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-217-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-217-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-217-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>If exceptions are checked, the corresponding linkage actions of the system, including screen display, voice prompt and upload center, can be checked when these exceptions occur.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Storage error </strong>1. Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Error Management -&gt; Storage error&#8221; to enter the storage exception setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>e a a.</p>
<p>Playback Backup Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</p>
<p>VCA</td>
<td>a</p>
<p>Cameras</td>
<td>ffll</p>
<p>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>E</strong></p>
<p>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td><strong>S X</strong></p>
<p>System S&#8230; System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>General Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Network error Storage error</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preview Setting</td>
<td>Exception Situation</td>
<td>OSD</td>
<td></td>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td>Upload Center</td>
<td>Email Alarm</td>
<td>Port Alarm</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disk Management</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><em>. .</em></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>0 Disk full</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td>□</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Port</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Error Management</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>0 No disk</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td>□</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Port</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Management</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>■</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>0 Disk R/W error</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td>□</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Port</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Other Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>&#8216; •</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Unavailable redundant disk</td>
<td>□</td>
<td></td>
<td>■</td>
<td>■</td>
<td>■</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>0 Disk is overload</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td>□</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Port</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>0 Video Adnormal</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td>□</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Port</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Abnormality found in smart of disk</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td>□</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Port</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>&#8211;<sup>z</sup> Abnormal temperature of the disk</td>
<td>0</td>
<td></td>
<td>□</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>□</td>
<td>Port</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>SHM detection is abnormal</td>
<td>■</td>
<td></td>
<td>■</td>
<td>■</td>
<td>■</td>
<td>I &#8212; 1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>1 Back</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>1, If exceptions are checked, the corresponding linkage actions of the system, including screen display, voice prompt and upload center, can be checked when these exceptions occur.</p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark40"></a> 4.11.7 User Management</p>
<p>Add User</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; User Management&#8221; to enter the user management interface, as shown in the figure below:</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>General Setting</p>
<p>Network Setting</p>
<p>Preview Setting</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>Other Setting</p>
<p>E a sisi</p>
<p>Playback Backup Alert Ma&#8230; VCA</p>
<p>User List</p>
<p>D H E</p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230;</p>
<p>s</p>
<p>System S&#8230;</p>
<p><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>System &#8230;</p>
<p>Username Group Permission Edit Delete</p>
<p>Admin Administrator /&#8217;</p>
<p>Default Default user</p>
<p>Add User Back</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1647" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-218.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 218" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 583"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• The Default user is added. The Default user is active after logoff. Only local preview right can be configured for this user.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click &#8220;Add User&#8221; to enter the &#8220;Add User&#8221; interface, where you can set the user group, account, password, etc., as shown in the figure below:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="536" class="wp-image-1648" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-219.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 219" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 584" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-219.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-219-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-219-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-219-810x502.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>After a user is successfully added, the information about the added user is displayed in the Basic Config -&gt; User List.</li>
<li>Up to 16 users can be added.</li>
<li>There are three user groups in the system: “Default users”, “Normal users”, and “Administrator”. The default permissions for each user group are as follows:</li>
</ul>
<p>Default users: browse videos</p>
<p>Normal users: browse videos</p>
<p>Administrator: browse videos + device control + parameter setting</p>
<p>+ user management</p>
<p><strong>User Permission Management</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the in the user list to display the user permission editing form,</li>
</ol>
<p>as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="536" class="wp-image-1649" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-220.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 220" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 585" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-220.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-220-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-220-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-220-810x503.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>2. Descriptions of permissions:</p>
<ol>
<li>Local permissions: i.e. local operation permissions, including manual alarm clearing, shutdown/restart, log search, alarm setting, channel management, parameter setting, system setting and user management.</li>
<li>Remote permissions: i.e. operation permission on a remote client, including manual alarm clearing, shutdown/restart, voice intercom, log search, alarm setting, channel management, parameter setting, system setting and user management.</li>
<li>Channel permissions: Local preview, remote preview, local playback/snapshot browsing, remote playback/snapshot browsing, local PTZ control, and remote PTZ control.</li>
</ol>
<p>3. Descriptions of channel permissions:</p>
<p>If the current user does not have the local preview permission for a channel, the channel will be unchecked (channel 4 as shown in the figure below). If the user has the local preview permission for the channel, the channel will be checked.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="536" class="wp-image-1650" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-221.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 221" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 586" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-221.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-221-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-221-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-221-810x502.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Edit User</strong></p>
<p>1. Click / in the user list to display the edit user form, as shown in the</p>
<p>figure below:</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="841" height="480" class="wp-image-1651" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-222.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 222" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 587" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-222.jpeg 841w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-222-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-222-768x438.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-222-810x462.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 841px) 100vw, 841px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="535" class="wp-image-1652" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-223.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 223" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 588" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-223.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-223-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-223-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-223-810x501.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="42" class="wp-image-1653" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-224.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 224" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 589"></p>
<p>• Pattern unlocking and security problems are only available for admin user; The original password shall be entered to edit the admin user and click &#8220;OK&#8221;.</p>
<ol>
<li>Pattern Unlocking</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="419" height="566" class="wp-image-1654" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-225.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 225" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 590" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-225.jpeg 419w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-225-222x300.jpeg 222w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 419px) 100vw, 419px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>After checking Enable Pattern Unlocking, the form as below will appear. The unlocking pattern can be correctly set only when a pattern composed of the same 4 points or more is drawn twice as instructed.</li>
<li>Pattern unlocking is only available for the admin user.</li>
<li>Pattern unlocking is not enabled by default on startup. After setting successfully, you can click pattern setting to modify the pattern.</li>
<li>Security Problems</li>
<li>Set security problems: After the admin user logs in, edit the user, and click the &#8220;Set Security Problems&#8221; button to enter the security problems setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="536" class="wp-image-1655" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-226.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 226" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 591" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-226.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-226-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-226-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-226-810x502.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Users can set 2 security problems. If custom problems are selected,</p>
<p>the problems shall not be left empty.</p>
<ol>
<li>Security verification: In case that security verification is set, when the admin user logs in with his password, he can click the &#8220;Forget Password&#8221; button to change the password, as shown in the figure below:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="552" class="wp-image-1656" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-227.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 227" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 592" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-227.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-227-300x192.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-227-768x491.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-227-810x518.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>Click the &#8220;Forget Password&#8221; button to enter the security verification</p>
<p>interface, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="536" class="wp-image-1657" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-228.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 228" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 593" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-228.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-228-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-228-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-228-810x502.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Email:</p>
<ol>
<li>Download the mobile APP to enter the password retrieval interface. (For the mobile APP download website, see Section 4.15 Mobile Monitoring “Mobile APP”)</li>
<li>Scan the QR code on the left (the picture is for reference only).</li>
<li>After scanning the QR code, the Email you leave will receive the security code.</li>
</ol>
<p>4) Enter the security code to reset the new password.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="537" class="wp-image-1658" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-229.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 229" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 594" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-229.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-229-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-229-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-229-810x502.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>Security problems:</p>
<p>1) After entering the correct security answer and the new password, click the &#8220;Next&#8221; button.</p>
<p>2)Change your password.</p>
<p>3) If no new password is entered, the original password will not be changed after the security answer is verified.</p>
<p>(3) Delete security problems: In case that security problems are set, , clicking the &#8220;Security problems&#8221; button will enter the security problems setting interface. In this case, no security problem can be set. Instead, the original security problems shall be deleted. You can click the &#8220;Delete&#8221; button to delete the original security problems, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="536" class="wp-image-1659" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-230.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 230" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 595" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-230.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-230-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-230-768x476.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-230-810x502.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Device Lock</strong></p>
<p>The device lock interface as shown in the figure below will appear after password unlocking fails for 5 times. The lock time will be 5 minutes.</p>
<p>It is locked</p>
<p>Lock the remaining time 4:55</p>
<p>Confirm</p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark42"></a> 4.11.8 Other Setting</p>
<p>Video Encryption</p>
<p>1. Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Setting -&gt; Other Setting -&gt; Video Encryption&#8221; to enter the video encryption interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td><strong>E</strong></td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td><strong>H</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>General Setting</p>
<p>, _ Video Encryption Type Management</p>
<p>Network Setting</p>
<p>Preview Setting <sub>T</sub> r. j</p>
<p>Input Password</p>
<p>Disk Management</p>
<p>Confirm Password</p>
<p>Error Management</p>
<p>User Management</p>
<p>Other Setting</p>
<p>Apply Back</p>
<p><strong>Type Management </strong>1. Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; System Settings -&gt; Other Settings -&gt; Type Management&#8221; to enter the type management interface, as shown in the figure below, where you can set the video type name.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td><strong>E</strong></td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td><strong>H</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a O</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>General Setting</p>
<p>, „ . Video Encryption Type Management</p>
<p>Network Setting</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Preview Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td>Type No.</td>
<td>Type Name</td>
<td>I</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Disk Management</td>
<td></td>
<td>32</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>33</td>
<td>Record Type 02</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Error Management</td>
<td></td>
<td>34</td>
<td>Record Type 03</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Management</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>Record Type 04</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>36</td>
<td>Record Type 05</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Other Setting</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>Record Type 06</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>38</td>
<td>Record Type 07</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>39</td>
<td>Record Type 08</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>40</td>
<td>Record Type 09</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>41</td>
<td>Record Type 10</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>Record Type 11</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>43</td>
<td>Record Type 12</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>44</td>
<td>Record Type 13</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>45</td>
<td>Record Type 14</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>46</td>
<td>Record Type 15</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>Record Type 16</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>48</td>
<td>Record Type 17</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>49</td>
<td>Record Type 18</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>Record Type 19</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>xz</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="55" class="wp-image-1660" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-231.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 231" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 596" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-231.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-231-300x19.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-231-768x49.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-231-810x52.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark44"></a> 4.12 Alarm Setting</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark46"></a> Alarm Input</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>By setting alarm inputs, when an alarm occurs in the local NVR, users can be prompted, or perform video recording, etc.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Alarm Setting -&gt; Alarm Input&#8221; to enter the alarm input setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="282" class="wp-image-1661" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-232.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 232" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 597" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-232.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-232-300x97.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-232-768x249.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-232-810x263.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="621" height="205" class="wp-image-1662" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-233.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 233" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 598" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-233.jpeg 621w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-233-300x99.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="23" class="wp-image-1663" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-234.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 234" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 599"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1664" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-235.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 235" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 600" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-235.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-235-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-235-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-235-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Wed</p>
<p>Thu</p>
<p>Sat</p>
<p>Sun</p>
<p>Copy</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>Copy To Port All</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the input port number to set. On the interface, users can set local and host alarm input port numbers.</li>
<li>Set the input port alias. Users can set a custom name for the current input port.</li>
<li>Choose the annuciator type.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>_]Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Open alarm: On when the alarm input port is open for the local NVR.</li>
<li>Closed alarm: On when the alarm input port is closed for the local NVR.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Check &#8220;Enable&#8221; to set the alarm input arming time.</li>
<li>Enter &#8220;Activation&#8221; to set alarm linkage.</li>
<li>Options include sound prompt, linkage Email, linkage video, linkage output, linkage snapshot, linkage PTZ, linkage text preplan, linkage single screen.</li>
<li>After setting, parameters of other alarm input ports can be copied.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the setting parameters.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark48"></a> Alarm Output</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Alarm Setting -&gt; Alarm Output&#8221; to enter the alarm output setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Tia ndy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>H</td>
<td><strong>E</strong></td>
<td>s</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Output</td>
<td>Port</td>
<td>Local Alarm Output 1</td>
<td>ZU</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Host</td>
<td>Output port alias</td>
<td>Local Alarm Output 1</td>
<td>I</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Alarm</td>
<td>Type</td>
<td>Normally open</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clear Alarm</td>
<td>Delay</td>
<td>None</td>
<td>d</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Date</td>
<td>Sun</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>0 Time 1</td>
<td>00:00 ©I</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>23:59</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I | Time 2</td>
<td></td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>00:00</td>
<td>©</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I | Time 3</td>
<td></td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td></td>
<td>©</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time 4</td>
<td>00:00 0&#8242;</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>00:00</td>
<td>©</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Copy To Port All Whole W Copy</p>
<p>| | | Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the output port number to set. On the interface, users can set the local and host alarm output port numbers.</li>
<li>Set the output port alias. Users can set a custom name for the current output port.</li>
<li>Choose the annuciator type. The type must meet the requirements of the input signal of the external device on the alarm output port.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>NO</em> Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Open alarm: Under normal circumstances, the alarm output port is closed. When there is an alarm in the system and the linked output port acts, the alarm output port is open.</li>
<li>Closed alarm: Under normal circumstances, the alarm output port is open. When there is an alarm in the system and the linked output port acts, the alarm output port is closed.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Set signal delay time. The signal delay of the alarm output port can be set according to the actual needs.</li>
<li>Set alarm output arming time. The arming date is used in conjunction with the time period.</li>
<li>Copy to port. After setting, the parameters of other alarm output ports can be copied.</li>
<li>Click &#8220;Apply&#8221; to save the setting parameters.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark50"></a> Alarm Host</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>The alarm host is added to expand alarm I/O ports on the basis of the local alarm I/O ports. If both network alarm host and serial alarm host are added, the port number of the network alarm host is smaller than that of the serial alarm host.</p>
<p><strong>Network Alarm Host</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Alarm Setting -&gt; Alarm Host -&gt; Network Alarm Host&#8221; to enter the network alarm host setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tia ndy</strong></p>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<p>Alarm Output</p>
<p>Alarm Host</p>
<p>Manual Alarm</p>
<p>Clear Alarm</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th><strong>E</strong></th>
<th>a</th>
<th></th>
<th>iki</th>
<th>a</th>
<th><strong>H</strong></th>
<th></th>
<th>s</th>
<th><strong>X</strong></th>
<th></th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Network Alarm Host</p>
<p>Alarm Server</p>
<p>I | Enable</p>
<p>IP Address</p>
<p>Port</p>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<p>Alarm Output</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Set a number for the network alarm host.</li>
<li>Check &#8220;Enable&#8221; to enable the network alarm host.</li>
<li>Set the IP address of the network alarm host.</li>
<li>Set the communication port of the network alarm host, which is limited to 18803. Only when the alarm host port number in the network alarm host IE is also set to 18803 can communication be normal.</li>
<li>Set the number of alarm input ports of the network alarm host.</li>
<li>Set the number of alarm output ports of the network alarm host.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Serial Port Alarm Host</strong></p>
<p>1. Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Alarm Setting -&gt; Alarm Host -&gt; Serial Alarm Host&#8221; to enter the serial alarm host setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1665" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-236.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 236" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 601" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-236.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-236-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-236-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-236-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>2. Set a number for the serial alarm host.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check &#8220;Enable&#8221; to enable serial alarm host.</li>
<li>Set the serial port number for the serial alarm host.</li>
<li>Set the address for the serial alarm host.</li>
<li>Set the number of alarm input ports of the serial alarm host.</li>
<li>Set the number of alarm output ports of the serial alarm host.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark52"></a> Manual Alarm</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Alarm Setting -&gt; Manual Alarm&#8221; to enter the manual alarm setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p>(g g] sisi</p>
<p><strong>Tia ndy</strong></p>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<p>Alarm Output</p>
<p>Alarm Host</p>
<p>Manual Alarm</p>
<p>Clear Alarm</p>
<p>Playback Backup Alert Ma&#8230; VCA</p>
<p>Channel Alarm Output Port Alarm Name Activate</p>
<p>o <strong>H E S X</strong></p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230; System &#8230;</p>
<p>| | 01 01 Local Alarm Output 1</p>
<p>Refresh Activate Clear</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Select an alarm output port and click the &#8220;Trigger&#8221; or &#8220;Clear&#8221; for triggering or clearing. The alarm output port status bar shows the current status of the port. Click &#8220;Trigger All&#8221; or &#8220;Clear All&#8221; to trigger or clear all alarm output ports in the list. Click the &#8220;Refresh&#8221; button to get current property and status of the alarm output port.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark54"></a> Clear Alarm</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Select &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Alarm Setting -&gt; Clear Alarm&#8221; to enter the manual clearing setting interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td><strong>H</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>s</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Alarm Input</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Output</p>
<p>Alarm Host</p>
<p>Manual Alarm</td>
<td>All | Clear</p>
<p>Port Alarm | Clear</p>
<p>Smart detection | Clear</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clear Alarm</td>
<td>Video Loss Clear</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>VCA | Clear</p>
<p>Video Mask j Clear</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the alarm type to clear from the manual clearing interface. Options include &#8220;All&#8221;, &#8220;Port Alarm&#8221;, &#8220;Motion Detection&#8221;, &#8220;Video Loss&#8221;, &#8220;Intelligent Analysis&#8221;, and &#8220;Video Occlusion&#8221;. Click the corresponding button to clear this alarm type.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark56"></a> Alert Management
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark58"></a> Early-warning Configuration</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Enter &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Warning Management -&gt; Front-end Config&#8221;, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="486" class="wp-image-1666" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-237.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 237" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 602" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-237.jpeg 864w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-237-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-237-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-237-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Users can set warning parameters according to the actual situation or their preferences</li>
</ol>
<p>3. Plan setting, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="486" class="wp-image-1667" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-238.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 238" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 603" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-238.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-238-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-238-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-238-810x455.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>(1) Check “Enable alert”.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select warning type: perimeter warning or tripwire warning, and set the effective time of warning scene.</li>
<li>Adjust the scene and draw a warning area or warning line. By default, the full screen of perimeter warning is the warning area. To adjust, clear lines and draw again.</li>
<li>Select a preset warning plan.</li>
<li>Click the &#8220;Save&#8221; button to complete the algorithm setting, and exit the alarm setting interface to make the settings effective.</li>
</ol>
<p>4. Customize settings, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1668" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-239.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 239" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 604" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-239.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-239-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-239-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-239-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="871" height="493" class="wp-image-1669" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-240.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 240" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 605" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-240.jpeg 871w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-240-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-240-768x435.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-240-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 871px) 100vw, 871px" /></p>
<p>(1) Check “Enable effective warning algorithm”.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select warning type: perimeter warning or tripwire warning, and set the effective time of warning scene.</li>
<li>adjust the scene and draw a warning area or warning line.</li>
<li>Select Custom for warning template.</li>
<li>Set linkage items or advanced parameters. Of them, up to three-level warning can be set for linkage item settings, and the warning effect at each level can be set separately.</li>
<li>Click the &#8220;Save&#8221; button to complete the algorithm setting, and exit the alarm setting interface to make the settings effective.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Four scenarios are supported for the device. The above steps can be used to set multiple scenes, and scene cruise of different warning types or different linkage items can be realized by setting different cruise periods.</li>
<li>The &#8220;exploded multi-level audible and visual warning&#8221; in perimeter warning works as follows: After a target enters the warning area, the white light flashes strongly and the voice prompt is given. The next level mode is enabled after reaching the retention time, and the linkage laser is switched on.</li>
<li>The &#8220;progressive multi-level audible and visual warning&#8221; plan works as follows: It is divided into three levels by default, and the warning effect is enhanced step by step. When the retention time in the previous level is greater than the set value, the next level is enabled.</li>
<li>Up to three levels of linkage can be set for linkage setting in the custom template. The linkage items can be set separately in each level. Among them, linkage tracking and entering the next warning level are mutually exclusive. When the linkage tracking is selected, the next warning level will not be enabled. When linkage tracking is selected, the tracking multiplier shall be set.</li>
</ul>
<p>Adjust the angle and multiplier to determine an appropriate proportion when a target is in the picture when the monitoring scene is furthest. It is recommended that the target occupies more than 1/2 of the picture height. Click to set the tracking multiplier.</p>
<ul>
<li>The normally-on option of linkage white light in linkage setting means that when an alarm occurs, the white light is turned on, and off when the alarm is cleared.</li>
<li>Advanced parameters in the custom template include arming weekday, detection mode, trigger alarm target, trigger sensitivity, maximum tracking time, display rules and target frame settings.</li>
<li>Warning types are divided into perimeter warning and tripwire warning, which are aimed at intrusion zone, departure zone and crossing behavior. By default, the perimeter warning is an intrusion zone warning, and users can modify the detection mode in the advanced settings of the custom template.</li>
<li>Warning detection target is people by default. Users can perform settings in Advanced Settings according their needs.</li>
<li>The maximum tracking time is effective when the linkage tracking is enabled, which means that tracking action stops and warning</li>
</ul>
<p>monitoring scene returns when the time is reached. The default is</p>
<p>300 seconds. When it is set to 0 seconds, the dome camera will</p>
<p>keep tracking until the target disappears.</p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark60"></a> 4.13.2 Local Configuration of Early-warning Configuration</p>
<p>Enter the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Alert Management -&gt; Early-warning Config</p>
<p>-&gt; Local Configuration&#8221; interface, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="862" height="456" class="wp-image-1670" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-241.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 241" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 606" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-241.jpeg 862w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-241-300x159.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-241-768x406.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-241-810x428.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 862px) 100vw, 862px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="634" height="205" class="wp-image-1671" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-242.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 242" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 607" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-242.jpeg 634w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-242-300x97.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 634px) 100vw, 634px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td>Z&amp;&gt;</td>
<td>iki</td>
<td>a</td>
<td><strong>H</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>s</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Early-warning Con&#8230;</p>
<p>_ , Front-end configuration Local configuration</p>
<p>Early-warning sear&#8230;</p>
<p>Channel [03]Channel IChan</p>
<p>Arming Setting Linkage setting</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□ Common link</td>
<td></td>
<td>□ Alarm Output</td>
<td>(2 Recording</td>
<td>(2 Snapshot</td>
<td>PTZ</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Buzzer</td>
<td></td>
<td>□ 01</td>
<td>□ 02</td>
<td>□ 02</td>
<td>Cha&#8230; [02]Channel 1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>OSD</td>
<td></td>
<td>□ 02</td>
<td>□ 03</td>
<td>□ 03</td>
<td>Enable Presets</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ Send Email ©</td>
<td></td>
<td>□ 03</td>
<td>□ 17</td>
<td>□ 17</td>
<td>01 sc</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>H Image Attachement</td>
<td></td>
<td>□ 04</td>
<td>□ 18</td>
<td>□ 18</td>
<td>Enable Cruise</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Activate Single-screen</td>
<td></td>
<td>□ os</td>
<td>19</td>
<td>19</td>
<td>ot .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ Link Word Plan ©</td>
<td></td>
<td>□ 06</p>
<p>□ 07</td>
<td>□ 20</td>
<td>□ 20</td>
<td>O Enable Pattern</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Copy To AH <sub>v</sub> I Copy</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>The arming time can be set on the arming setting interface.</li>
<li>Enter &#8220;Linkage Setting&#8221; to set alarm linkage. Options include voice prompt, screen display, linkage video, linkage alarm output, linkage PTZ, linkage snapshot, etc.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark62"></a> 4.13.3 Early-warning Search</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; Alert Management -&gt; Early-warning Search&#8221; interface, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="167" class="wp-image-1672" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-243.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 243" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 608" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-243.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-243-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-243-768x148.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-243-810x156.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="141" height="101" class="wp-image-1673" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-244.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 244" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 609"></p>
<ol>
<li>Retrieval targets are divided into all, people, cars and others; types are: all, tripwire, perimeter &#8211; intrusion, perimeter &#8211; departure. Select the corresponding target and type and click the Search button to retrieve the corresponding warning data, as shown in the figure below:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="533" class="wp-image-1674" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-245.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 245" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 610" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-245.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-245-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-245-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-245-810x499.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="533" class="wp-image-1675" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-246.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 246" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 611" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-246.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-246-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-246-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-246-810x499.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>4.14. VCA</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark65"></a> Smart Config</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt;VCA -&gt; Smart Config&#8221; and select the &#8220;Event</li>
</ol>
<p>Selection&#8221; tab, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><strong>Tia ndy</strong></p>
<p>Face library</p>
<p>Facial configuration</p>
<p>Facial search</p>
<p>o H E S X</p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230; System &#8230;</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Channel</th>
<th>[01]Channel 1 v</th>
<th>0 Enable VCA</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Behavior Analysis</td>
<td>O People Counting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>| On Duty Detection</td>
<td>Crowd Detection</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Video Diagnosis</td>
<td>Audio Abnormal Detection</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Face statistics</p>
<p>Smart Config</p>
<p>VCA Report</p>
<p>Alarm Information</p>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<p>VCA</p>
<p>1.Event Select 2.Event Parameter 3. Alarm Setting</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the channel to set.</li>
<li>Select whether to enable front-end intelligent analysis.</li>
<li>Check the algorithm.</li>
<li>Click the &#8220;Save Algorithm&#8221; button to save algorithm configurations.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• Illegal parking and linkage tracking features are available for only</p>
<p>some models. The real product shall prevail.</p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark67"></a> 4.14.2 Event Parameters</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; VCA -&gt; Smart Config&#8221;, and select the &#8220;Event Parameters&#8221; tab, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1676" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-247.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 247" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 612" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-247.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-247-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-247-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-247-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>2. Intelligent analysis parameter setting:</p>
<ul>
<li>Rule No. : Select the rule for intelligent analysis. Up to 8 rules are supported for each channel.</li>
<li>Receive pictures: Whether to receive pictures.</li>
<li>Event: Selects intelligent analysis events. Options include tripwire, double tripwire, perimeter, abandoned object, object loss, wander, run, stop, warning, heat map, etc.</li>
<li>Sensitivity: When the whole target enters the alarm area exceeding the proportion set, the alarm will be triggered. The sensitivity is between 0 and 100.</li>
<li>Display rule: Displays rule information on the video.</li>
</ul>
<p>• Display alarm count: Displays the alarm count on the video, and</p>
<p>alarms are accumulated one by one.</p>
<p>3, Select “Enable line” to start the line setting area for this rule, and</p>
<p>click &#8220;Clear line” to clear the border set on the video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1677" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-248.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 248" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 613"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="85" height="20" class="wp-image-1678" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-249.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 249" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 614"></p>
<p>Facial configuration</p>
<p>Facial search</p>
<p>Face statistics</p>
<p>Smart Config</p>
<p>VCA Report</p>
<p>Alarm Information</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Channel</th>
<th>[01]Channel 1 v</th>
<th>Event Type</th>
<th>Behavior Analysis</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Rule Number</td>
<td>1- -I</td>
<td>Event</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Arming Setting</td>
<td>Linkage setting</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Ol Common link</th>
<th></th>
<th>□ Alarm Output</th>
<th>|2 Recording</th>
<th>|2 Snapshot</th>
<th>PTZ</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□ Buzzer</p>
<p>□ OSD</p>
<p>01 Send Email O</p>
<p>[0 Image Attachement</p>
<p>Activate Single-screen</td>
<td></td>
<td>&lt; &gt; cm cn t tn <em>o </em>o o o o o o □ □□□□□</td>
<td>□ oi</p>
<p>□ 20</td>
<td>□ oi</p>
<p>□ 20</td>
<td>Cha&#8230; [01]Channel 1</p>
<p>Enable Presets</p>
<p>Enable Cruise</p>
<p>01 Enable Pattern</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back</p>
<p>• The event type of behavior analysis is dynamically changed</p>
<p>according to the algorithm supported by the front end.</p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark69"></a> 4.14.3 Alarm Setting</p>
<p>1. On the event parameter interface, click &#8220;Next&#8221; to set alarm linkage, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>a</td>
<td><strong>H</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>s</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Face library</p>
<p>1.Event Select 2.Event Parameter 3.Alarm Setting</p>
<p>Copy To |7n □ i Copy</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the rule number to set.</li>
<li>Set the arming time on the arming setting interface.</li>
<li>Enter &#8220;Linkage Setting&#8221; to set intelligent analysis alarm linkage. Options include voice prompt, screen display, linkage video, linkage alarm output, linkage PTZ, linkage snapshot, etc.</li>
<li>When the algorithm is selected as heat map, only the arming time can be set, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tia ndy</strong></p>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>a</th>
<th>ffll</th>
<th><strong>E</strong></th>
<th>s</th>
<th><strong>X</strong></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Event Type</p>
<p>Event</p>
<p>Behavior Analysis</p>
<p>Face library</p>
<p>Facial configuration</p>
<p>Facial search</p>
<p>Face statistics</p>
<p>Smart Config</p>
<p>VCA Report</p>
<p>1.Event Select 2.Event Parameter 3.Alarm Setting</p>
<p>Channel [02]Channel 2 v</p>
<p>Rule Number 1 xz |</p>
<p>Arming Setting Linkage setting</p>
<p>Alarm Information</p>
<p>Copy To All V | Copy</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>After setting is completed, the parameters of other channels can be</li>
</ol>
<p>copied.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-1679" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-250.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 250" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 615"></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Behavior analysis can be linked to the voicing system and front-end; Illegal parking can only be linked to the front end; Other algorithms cannot be linked to the front end and the voicing system. When linkage to the voicing system is set, it is linked to the single screen of this channel by default.</li>
<li>Linkage to the front end is available for some front ends. The real product shall prevail.</li>
</ul>
<p>2, Click Apply to save the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark71"></a> VCA Report</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; VCA -&gt; VCA Report&#8221;, select the &#8220;People Counting&#8221; tab, select the channel number and report type, click the &#8220;Statistics&#8221; button for traffic statistics, display the statistical bar graph, select the statistic time, and click &#8220;Export&#8221; to export the corresponding report.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1680" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-251.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 251" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 616" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-251.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-251-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-251-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-251-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt;VCA -&gt; VCA Report&#8221;, and select the &#8220;Heatmap&#8221; tab, as shown in the figure below. Select the channel number and report type, and click the &#8220;Statistics&#8221; button to conduct heat map statistics by space or time, and display the imaging map or line graph. Click &#8220;Export&#8221; to export the corresponding picture or report.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1681" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-252.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 252" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 617" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-252.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-252-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-252-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-252-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>e a a.</p>
<p>Playback Backup Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>ihi</p>
<p>VCA</td>
<td>o H E S X</p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230; System &#8230; 0 0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Face library</p>
<p>Facial configuration</p>
<p>Facial search</p>
<p>Face statistics</p>
<p>Smart Config</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">People Counting Heatmap Behaviour retrieval</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3">Channel [01]Channel 1 v- Report Type Daily report v [ Statistics |</p>
<p>□ Heatmap-Space H Heatmap-Time Statistical time 2020-03-13 0 | Export</p>
<p>1 Heat value(second)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VC A Report</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Information</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; VCA -&gt; VCA Report&#8221; interface, and select the &#8220;Behavior Retrieval&#8221; tab, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1682" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-253.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 253" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 618" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-253.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-253-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-253-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-253-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>Select the channel, set the start date and time, select the event type, and click the &#8220;Search&#8221; button to enter the &#8220;Behavior Search&#8221; interface, which is divided into graph page and list page. You can click any channel on the graph page to view videos and double click to enlarge pictures; and you can click the Playback icon on the list page to enlarge pictures, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="533" class="wp-image-1683" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-254.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 254" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 619" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-254.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-254-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-254-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-254-810x499.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark73"></a> Management of face library</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Face database management is intended for managing original face images by groups. Existing face database is shown in tables and the base images in the selected face database are shown in graphs, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1684" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-255.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 255" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 620" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-255.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-255-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-255-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-255-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tia ndy</strong></p>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>A</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<p>iki</p>
<p>VCA</p>
<p>o H E S X</p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230; System &#8230;</p>
<p>Face library</p>
<p>Facial configuration</p>
<p>Facial search</p>
<p>Management nf face library Management of Face Underlay Library</p>
<p>Face statistics</p>
<p>Smart Config</p>
<p>VCA Report</p>
<p>Alarm Information</p>
<p>Library name □ ew</p>
<p>Picture number</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p>Edit</p>
<p>Input</p>
<p>Input</p>
<p>Output</p>
<p>Output</p>
<p>Synchronize to front end</p>
<p>Synchronize to fron&#8230; P</p>
<p>Create Delete</p>
<p>0 To enable authentication Library 1/300</p>
<p>Picture 1/100000</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ol>
<li>The existing face database data can be retrieved from the face database management and the face image library can be managed by using buttons such as &#8220;Create&#8221; and &#8220;Delete&#8221;.</li>
</ol>
<p>[Create]: Click the &#8220;Create&#8221; button to display a prompt box, where you can add the name and description of the face database. and after this, click the &#8220;OK&#8221; button to confirm your operations.</p>
<p>[Delete]: Select the face database to delete from the face database list, and click [Delete] to delete it.</p>
<p>[Set]: In the face database list, click &#8220;Set&#8221; to display a prompt box where you can modify the name and description of the face database, and after this, click the &#8220;OK&#8221; button to confirm your operations.</p>
<p>[Import]: In the face database list, click [Import] to import a box file containing the face database.</p>
<p>[Export]: In the face database list, click [Export] to export a box file containing the face database.</p>
<p>[Model All]: Click the “Model All” button to model all the base images in the database.</p>
<p>[Synchronize to Front End]: The face database in the NVR can be synchronized to the selected IPC channel. The interface is shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="536" class="wp-image-1685" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-256.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 256" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 621" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-256.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-256-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-256-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-256-810x501.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>[To enable authentication]: only the administrator user can operate the face database.</p>
<ol>
<li>Base image management of the face database. The original face images are the basis of face recognition algorithm. Users can use the following buttons to manage the base images.</li>
</ol>
<p>[Search]: Allows searching of base images meeting conditions in the face database through information about base images.</p>
<p>[Search by Image]: You can select images from mobile devices such as USB flash drive and then find the corresponding base images in the face database.</p>
<p>[Add]: You can select images from mobile devices such as USB flash drive and add them to the face database. If a folder is selected, you can add the images in the folder meeting the criteria;</p>
<p>[Delete]: The selected base image can be deleted from the face database</p>
<p>[Edit]: Edit the information about the selected base image. The information includes gender, date of birth, company, country, address, ID card type and ID card number. The modeling status indicates whether the base image has been retrieved and whether it can be identified for face recognition, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="536" class="wp-image-1686" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-257.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 257" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 622" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-257.jpeg 866w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-257-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-257-768x475.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-257-810x501.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>[Copy To]: The selected base image can be copied to other face</p>
<p>databases.</p>
<p>[Export]: The selected base image can be imported to mobile devices</p>
<p>such as USB flash drives.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="42" class="wp-image-1687" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-258.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 258" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 623"></p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The face database remains unchanged when the device is restored to defaults.</li>
<li>The resolution of the added base images shall be more than 100*100 and less than 1920*1080.</li>
<li>Up to 32 face databases can be managed. The maximum number of base images supported is subject to the real product.</li>
<li>HDD shall be connected to import base images.</li>
<li>It is recommended that the number of base images in a single face database should not exceed 5000.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark77"></a> 4.14.6 Face Detection</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; VCA -&gt; Face Configuration&#8221; and select the &#8220;Face Detection&#8221; tab, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-1688" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-259.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 259" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 624" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-259.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-259-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-259-768x432.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-259-810x456.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the algorithm type of face detection, and choose to enable</li>
</ol>
<p>IPC detection /NVR detection.</p>
<p>For IPC detection, the front-end is connected to the snapshot camera, which is used for face detection and NVR detection.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the snapshot parameters.</li>
<li>Draw face detection area: The detection area can be set on the screen during IPC detection.</li>
</ol>
<p>Push policy: including optimal policy and fastest policy. &#8220;Optimal Policy&#8221; is the clearest picture of a person captured from his entrance to departure. The “Fastest Policy&#8221; is to snap a picture immediately when detecting a face</p>
<p>Number of snapshots: The number of snapshots taken when a face is detected. 1, 2 or 3 can be set.</p>
<p>Snapshot mode: full snapshot mode, high quality mode and custom mode.</p>
<p>&#8220;Full snapshot mode&#8221; means that all images are sent to the push module by default without security boundary control and filtering by security boundary threshold.</p>
<p>&#8220;High quality mode&#8221; refers to filtering by security boundary threshold configured for the system by default and sending the filtered results into the push module.</p>
<p>&#8220;Custom mode&#8221; refers to filtering by security boundary value set by the user, and sending the filtered results into the push module.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the maximum and minimum face size to represent the percentage of the target width on the screen.</li>
<li>Set the sensitivity. The larger the value is, the higher the sensitivity is. The increased detection rate will increase the error detection.</li>
<li>Set the arming time.</li>
<li>Set linkage settings. Set the local alarm linkages for NVR detection. Options include voice prompt, screen display, linkage video, linkage alarm output, linkage PTZ, linkage snapshot, etc.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>^Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Only IPC detection can be enabled when the front end is a face recognition machine.</li>
<li>NVR detection uses 1080P as standard. The higher the resolution is, the number of channels decreases. The maximum number of supported channels is subject to the real product.</li>
<li>The snapshot parameters of IPC detection are changed dynamically according to the algorithm supported by the front end.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark79"></a> 4.14.7 Face Configuration</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; VCA -&gt; Face Configuration&#8221; and select the &#8220;Face Recognition&#8221; tab, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="240" class="wp-image-1689" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-260.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 260" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 625" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-260.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-260-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-260-768x212.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-260-810x223.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="319" height="271" class="wp-image-1690" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-261.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 261" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 626" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-261.jpeg 319w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-261-300x255.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 319px) 100vw, 319px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="23" class="wp-image-1691" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-262.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 262" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 627"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="23" class="wp-image-1692" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-263.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 263" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 628"></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the algorithm type for face recognition, and choose to enable</li>
</ol>
<p>IPC Recognition/NVR recognition.</p>
<p>For IPC recognition, the front end is connected to the recognition camera, which is used to identify and compare the captured face, while NVR recognition refers to the recognition and comparison of the captured face.</p>
<ol>
<li>Stay alarm. Select the &#8220;Stay Alarm&#8221; tab to set the parameters of stay alarm.</li>
<li>Enable stay. Enable/disable the stay alarm function of the current channel.</li>
<li>Upload identification info. Enable/disable the upload identification info function.</li>
<li>Similarity. Set the similarity. The larger the value is, the more similar it will be.</li>
<li>Stay time. Set the range of stay time from 1 to 99, in minutes and seconds.</li>
<li>When the white library is checked, the stay alarm will not be triggered.</li>
<li>Click Linkage Setting to set the arming linkage parameters of the stay alarm.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• When IPC detection is selected for the channel, up to 16 channels for NVR recognition are supported; When NVR detection is selected for the channel, up to 8 channels for NVR recognition are supported. The maximum number of supported channels is subject to the real product.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark81"></a> Face Retrieval</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; VCA -&gt; Face search&#8221;, and select the &#8221; Retrieve by event&#8221; tab, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</td>
<td>a</td>
<td></td>
<td>ihi</td>
<td>a</td>
<td><strong>H</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>s</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Playback</td>
<td>Backup</td>
<td>Alert Ma&#8230;</td>
<td>VCA</td>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a o</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Face library</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Facial configuration</td>
<td></td>
<td>Retrieve by event</td>
<td colspan="2">Retrieve by feature</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Facial search</td>
<td></td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Channel</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Face statistics</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>□ 01</td>
<td>□ 02</td>
<td>□ 03</td>
<td>□ 04</td>
<td>□ 05</td>
<td>□ 06</td>
<td>□ 07</td>
<td>□ 08</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Smart Config</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VCA Report</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>□ 09</td>
<td>□ 10</td>
<td>□ 11</td>
<td>□ 12</td>
<td>□ 13</td>
<td>□ 14</td>
<td>□ 15</td>
<td>□ 16</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Information</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>□ 17</td>
<td>□ 18</td>
<td>□ 19</td>
<td>□ 20</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-17</td>
<td></td>
<td>0 00:00</td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>End Time</td>
<td></td>
<td>2020-03-17</td>
<td></td>
<td>0 23:59</td>
<td></td>
<td>©</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Event Type</td>
<td></td>
<td>All</td>
<td></td>
<td>□1</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Search I Back</p>
<p>&#8220;Retrieve by Event&#8221;: Users can choose the corresponding channel, and set the statistical type for the channel (options include all, face detection, comparison alarm, stranger alarm, frequency alarm, and stay alarm) to retrieve the corresponding type of data. The retrieved data is a snapshot picture of a face. Double-click the corresponding photo to see a large background image.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; VCA -&gt; Face search&#8221;, and select the &#8220;Retrieve by Picture&#8221; tab, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Tiandy</strong></td>
<td>E</p>
<p>Playback</td>
<td>a</p>
<p>Backup</td>
<td>iisi</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230; VCA</td>
<td>a</p>
<p>Cameras</td>
<td>ffll</p>
<p>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>E</strong></p>
<p>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>s</p>
<p>System S&#8230;</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>System &#8230;</td>
<td><strong>a 0</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Face library</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Retrieve by event</td>
<td colspan="2">Retrieve bv feature</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Facial configuration</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Facial search</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td></td>
<td>Channels</td>
<td></td>
<td>—</td>
<td>—</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Face statistics</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>□ 01 □ 02 □ 03</td>
<td>□ 04</td>
<td>□ os</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Smart Config</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VCA Report</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">2020-03-17 A 00:00</td>
<td>©</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Information</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>. , .</td>
<td>—</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>End Time</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">2020-03-17 B 23:59</td>
<td>ZU</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>similarity</td>
<td></td>
<td>&#8211; + 73</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">|~T~| Upload sample 1&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><em>ft</em></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">[X7| Upload sample f&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>5 cache images of sample&#8230;</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>J</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Search</td>
<td>Back</td>
<td><strong>z</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&#8220;Retrieve by Picture&#8221;: Users can select the corresponding channel, and set the channel number, similarity and sample picture, and then clicks the &#8220;Retrieve&#8221; button to filter out alarm pictures of the corresponding similarity from all the alarm pictures.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt;VCA -&gt; Face Search&#8221;, and select the &#8220;Retrieve by Feature&#8221; tab, as shown in the figure below.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1693" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-264.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 264" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 629" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-264.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-264-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-264-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-264-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>&#8220;Retrieve by Feature&#8221;: Users can select the corresponding channel, set the channel name, gender, age, glasses and mask, and click the &#8220;Retrieve&#8221; button to filter out the alarm pictures of the corresponding features from all the alarm pictures.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark83"></a> Face Statistics</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; VCA -&gt; Face Statistics&#8221;, and select the &#8220;Feature Statistics&#8221; tab. On the &#8220;Feature Statistics&#8221; interface, select the channel number, report type, and statistic type, and click the &#8220;Statistics&#8221; button to conduct face data statistics. The data displayed may be different, depending on statistic methods: Age, gender, glasses and mask are displayed in a list or pie graph, and the number of people is displayed in a list, bar graph or line graph. Select the statistics time and</li>
</ol>
<p>click &#8220;Export&#8221; to export the corresponding report, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="491" class="wp-image-1694" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-265.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 265" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 630" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-265.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-265-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-265-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-265-810x457.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="599" height="116" class="wp-image-1695" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-266.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 266" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 631" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-266.jpeg 599w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-266-300x58.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 599px) 100vw, 599px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the &#8220;Counting of Target Alarm &#8221; tab. The target alarm statistics can include the alarm count of the corresponding library within the time period. Select the target library, report type, statistics time, and click &#8220;Statistics&#8221; to view the data. Click &#8220;Export&#8221; to export the corresponding report, as shown in the figure below:</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="492" class="wp-image-1696" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-267.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 267" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 632" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-267.jpeg 870w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-267-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-267-768x434.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-267-810x458.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the &#8221; Counting of Channel Alarm&#8221; tab. Channel alarm statistics include the alarm count of the corresponding channel within the time period. Select channel, event type, report type, and statistics time, and click &#8220;Statistics&#8221; to view the data. Click &#8220;Export&#8221; to export the</li>
</ol>
<p>corresponding report, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><strong>Tia ndy</strong></p>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>A</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<p>o <strong>H E S X</strong></p>
<p>Cameras Storage &#8230; Alarm Se&#8230; System S&#8230; System &#8230; 0 0</p>
<p>Face library</p>
<p>Facial configuration</p>
<p>Facial search</p>
<p>Face statistics</p>
<p>Smart Config</p>
<p>Counting of features Counting of channel alarm</p>
<p>VCA Report</p>
<p>Alarm Information</p>
<p>Event Type</p>
<p>Statistical time</p>
<p>Channels</p>
<p>001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010</p>
<p>011 012 013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020</p>
<p>All vj Report Type Daily report [ Statistics j</p>
<p>2020-03-11 j|j | Export</p>
<p>Total number of al</p>
<p>08</p>
<p>Channel N</p>
<p>Drag via mouse to see details</p>
<p>Back</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark85"></a> Alarm Infomation</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Enter the &#8220;Main Menu -&gt; VCA -&gt; Alarm Infomation&#8221; interface to</li>
</ol>
<p>display the real-time alarm information, as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><strong>Tiandy</strong></p>
<p>E</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>a</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>Alert Ma&#8230;</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>a</th>
<th>ffll</th>
<th><strong>E</strong></th>
<th>s</th>
<th><strong>X</strong></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Cameras</td>
<td>Storage &#8230;</td>
<td>Alarm Se&#8230;</td>
<td>System S&#8230;</td>
<td>System</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Face library</p>
<p>Facial configuration</p>
<p>Facial search</p>
<p>Face statistics</p>
<p>Smart Config</p>
<p>Channel</p>
<p>Rule Number</p>
<p>Event</p>
<p>Real-time alarm information</p>
<p>[02]Channel 2 v</p>
<p>All v</p>
<p>All v</p>
<p>VCA Report</p>
<p>Alarm Information</p>
<p>Channel Rule Number Target ID Status</p>
<p>Counts Reset</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>The real-time alarm information of the selected channel can be viewed on this interface.</p>
<p>2. Click the “Counts Reset” to clear the alarm information of the front</p>
<p>end</p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark75"></a> 4.15. Mobile Monitoring</p>
<p>Users can download the mobile client by scanning the QR code and input the user ID for mobile monitoring.</p>
<p>1, Right-click the mouse button to enter the right-click menu, and select &#8220;Mobile Monitoring&#8221; to enter the mobile monitoring interface,</p>
<p>as shown in the figure below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="546" class="wp-image-1697" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-268.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 268" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 633" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-268.jpeg 865w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-268-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-268-768x485.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-268-810x511.jpeg 810w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>2,Users scan the first &#8220;Mobile APP&#8221; to download the client, then scan the QR code at the &#8220;Device ID&#8221;, and operate according to instructions to conduct video preview and control in the mobile phone.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark87"></a> Internet Keyboard
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark89"></a> Keyboard Installation</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Select the communication port. To control embedded DVRs, Ethernet port shall be used.</li>
<li>Power cable and control cable pass through under the bottom shell and are connected to the correct positions. Install the rubber strip.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="408" height="213" class="wp-image-1698" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-269.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 269" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 634" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-269.jpeg 408w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-269-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-269-375x195.jpeg 375w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 408px) 100vw, 408px" /></p>
<p><strong>5.2 Description of Keys</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="599" height="302" class="wp-image-1699" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-270.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 270" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 635" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-270.jpeg 599w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-270-300x151.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 599px) 100vw, 599px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark92"></a> A LCD Display:</p>
<p>Blue backlit, optional Chinese/English UI, real-time display of device status/programming information.</p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark94"></a> B Main Key Area:</p>
<p>Green backlit.</p>
<p>Key &#8220;1&#8221;: 1/symbol</p>
<p>Key &#8220;2&#8221;: 2/A/B/C</p>
<p>Key &#8220;3&#8221;: 3/D/E/F</p>
<p>Key &#8220;4&#8221;: 4/G/H/I</p>
<p>Key &#8220;5&#8221;: 5/J/K/L</p>
<p>Key &#8220;6&#8221;: 6/M/N/O</p>
<p>Key &#8220;7&#8221;: 7/P/Q/R/S</p>
<p>Key &#8220;8&#8221;: 8/T/U/V</p>
<p>Key &#8220;9&#8221;: 9/W/X/Y/Z</p>
<p>Key &#8220;0&#8221;: number 0 or space</p>
<p>ESC: Deletes a character before the cursor</p>
<p>ENTER: Confirmation of menu/various setting interfaces</p>
<p>ACK: Manually clears all alarm outputs</p>
<p>PREV: On the synch playback full screen interface, press F2 to enter the full screen and press this key to enable digital zoom.</p>
<p>NEXT: On multi-screen sync playback full screen, press F2 to enter the full screen and press this key to enable the full single screen.</p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark96"></a> C DVR Control Key Area:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="374" height="262" class="wp-image-1700" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-271.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 271" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 636" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-271.jpeg 374w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-271-300x210.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 374px) 100vw, 374px" /></p>
<p>Blue backlit. The functions of each key for controlling embedded DVRs are as follows:</p>
<ol>
<li>Stop playing video files</li>
<li>Enter the manual video setting interface</li>
<li>Playback: Multi-screen full screen synch playback red box is switched to the previous small screen</li>
<li>Enter the video preview setting interface</li>
<li>In playback mode, control the playback and pause of video files</li>
<li>Single frame step. Play one frame for each press when playing back video files</li>
<li>Playback: Multi-screen full screen synch playback red box is switched to the next small screen</li>
<li>Switch to the playback screen.</li>
<li>Shuttle knob:</li>
</ol>
<p>Clockwise rotation of the inner ring of the shuttle: Increases preview/playback volume</p>
<p>Anti-clockwise rotation of the inner ring of the shuttle: Reduces preview/playback volume</p>
<p>Clockwise rotation of the outer ring of the shuttle: Fast forward of video playback</p>
<p>Anticlockwise rotation of the outer ring of the shuttle: Fast reverse of video playback</p>
<p>CAM: Recording starts</p>
<p>MON: Recording stops</p>
<p>ALM: Snapshot</p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark98"></a> D Extended Function Key Area:</p>
<p>Yellow backlit. The functions of each key for controlling embedded DVRs are as follows:</p>
<p>Key F1: Switch to the Main Menu</p>
<p>Key F2: Switch to the PTZ control status or enter the full screen from non-full screen</p>
<p>Key F5: Exit and return to the previous menu or exit full screen during playback</p>
<p>Key F3: Switch the input method between number/pinyin/lowercase English letter/uppercase English letter</p>
<p>Key F4: Switch to logoff menu</p>
<p>Key F6: Intercom (reserved)</p>
<p>Key F7: Reserved</p>
<p>Key F8: call out the system info display interface</p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark100"></a> E Camera Control Key Area:</p>
<p>Blue backlit. Used to control the action of the camera in PTZ control mode.</p>
<p>t $&lt;0&#8217;h</p>
<p>On the digital zoom interface, the Aperture ON/OFF button can be used to zoom in/out the digital zooming area</p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark102"></a> F Control Device Type Selection and Matrix Override Control Key Area:</p>
<p>Button backlight is supported.</p>
<p>[MODE]: Control device selection, To control embedded NVRs, DVR shall be selected.</p>
<p>[PRI]: Reserved.</p>
<p><a id="post-1428-bookmark104"></a> G 3D Vector Shift Rocker</p>
<p>Rocker up, down, left and right actions realize the functions, including:</p>
<p>Up: In the control menu, used to select the previous item</p>
<p>In PTZ control mode, control the PTZ to move up</p>
<p>In video preview mode, used to select the previous channel</p>
<p>Down: In the control menu, used to select the next item</p>
<p>In PTZ control mode, control the PTZ to move down</p>
<p>In video preview mode, used to select the next channel</p>
<p>Left: In the control menu, used to select the previous item</p>
<p>In the PTZ control mode, control the PTZ to move left</p>
<p>In video preview mode, used to page up</p>
<p>Right: In the control menu, used to select the next item</p>
<p>In the PTZ control mode, control the PTZ to move right</p>
<p>In video preview mode, used to page down</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark106"></a> Reference for HDD Capacity Calculation</li>
</ol>
<p>Calculate the total capacity required a hard disk video recorder according to the video recording requirements (video type, video storage time).</p>
<p>Calculation method:</p>
<ol>
<li>According to Equation (1), calculate the storage capacity required by a single channel per hour, in MByte.</li>
</ol>
<p>,,=rf,<sub>+</sub>8x 3600.1024,1)</p>
<p>Wherein: &#8211; bit rate, in Kbit/s</p>
<ol>
<li>After determining the recording time requirement, calculate the storage capacity <sup>m</sup>&#8216; required by a single channel according to Equation (2), in MByte.</li>
</ol>
<p><em>=</em> = «■ X x A (2)</p>
<p>Wherein: <sup>h</sup>‘ &#8211; recording time per day (hours)</p>
<p><em>&#8212;</em> the number of days the video needs to be stored</p>
<ol>
<li>According to Equation (3), calculate the total capacity <em>Qt</em> (total) required for timer recording of all channels of a hard disk video recorder.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="118" height="70" class="wp-image-1701" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-272.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 272" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 637"></p>
<p>(3)</p>
<p>Wherein: <sup>c</sup> &#8211; the total number of channels for a DVR.</p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="118" height="71" class="wp-image-1702" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1428-273.jpeg" alt="word image 1428 273" title="Tiandy NVR Full Installation Guide 638"> According to Equation (4), calculate the total capacity <em>Qt</em> (total) required alarm recording (including motion detection) for all channels of a hard disk video recorder.</li>
</ol>
<p>xa%(4)</p>
<p>Wherein: a% &#8211; alarm incidence.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark108"></a> Troubleshooting of Common Faults</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>The fault phenomenon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Possible reasons for</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>After the 220V power supply is connected and the power switch is</td>
<td>1) The power cable is damaged</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>turned on, the &#8220;PWR&#8221; indicator on the panel (for 2U chassis, it is &#8220;Ready&#8221;) is not on, and the fan is not running.</td>
<td>2) The power switch is faulty</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>After the 220V power supply is connected and the power switch is turned on, the &#8220;PWR&#8221; indicator on the panel (for 2U chassis, it is &#8220;Ready&#8221;) is on in green, but the fan is not running.</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>The panel power cable is damaged</li>
<li>The fan is damaged</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>After the hard disk video recorder is turned on, the monitor connected to VOUT has no signal.</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>The video cable connected to the monitor is broken</li>
<li>The interface board of the DVR is broken</li>
<li>The mother board of the DVR is broken</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The hard drive cannot be found on startup.</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>The hard disk cable is broken</li>
<li>The hard disk power cable is not plugged in</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>3) The hard disk is damaged</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording is impossible</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>HDD is not mounted to the SATA port</li>
<li>HDD not formatted</li>
<li>The video template is not enabled or the time period is not set correctly</li>
<li>The index is currently being rebuilt</li>
<li>The purpose of SATA is not set to recording</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video and audio network</p>
<p>transmission fail in the client.</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>One or more of the items such as IP address, port number, user name, and password of the DVR entered in the &#8220;Local Config&#8221; on the client interface are incorrect</li>
<li>The network cable is faulty</li>
<li>The network interface of</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>the mother board is</p>
<p>broken</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1428-bookmark110"></a> Maintenance Instructions</li>
<li>Dust on the circuit board, if dampened, will cause short circuit, which will affect the normal operation of the equipment and even damage the equipment. To ensure the long-term and stable operation of the equipment, please regularly remove dust inside the cabinet.</li>
<li>Please ensure that the equipment is well grounded to avoid interference with video and audio signals and damage of equipment by static electricity or surge voltage.</li>
<li>Do not plug and unplug audio and video signal cables, RS-485, alarm interfaces under live conditions, which may easily damage the port.</li>
<li>Do not directly cut off the mains power to shut the equipment down, but to use the OFF button on the front panel (press and hold for more than 3 seconds) or on the video interface to allow the system to shut down automatically and then cut off the mains power to avoid damage to the hard disk.</li>
<li>Please keep the equipment away from heat sources and places.</li>
<li>Please maintain good ventilation around the equipment case for heat dissipation.</li>
<li>Please check and maintain the system regularly.</li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/tiandy-nvr-full-installation-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
